| /************************************************* |
| * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax |
| and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. |
| |
| Written by Philip Hazel |
| Copyright (c) 1997-2014 University of Cambridge |
| |
| ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without |
| modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: |
| |
| * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, |
| this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. |
| |
| * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright |
| notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the |
| documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. |
| |
| * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its |
| contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from |
| this software without specific prior written permission. |
| |
| THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" |
| AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE |
| IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE |
| ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE |
| LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR |
| CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF |
| SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS |
| INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN |
| CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) |
| ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE |
| POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. |
| ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| */ |
| |
| |
| /* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with |
| supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */ |
| |
| |
| #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H |
| #include "config.h" |
| #endif |
| |
| #define NLBLOCK cd /* Block containing newline information */ |
| #define PSSTART start_pattern /* Field containing pattern start */ |
| #define PSEND end_pattern /* Field containing pattern end */ |
| |
| #include "pcre_internal.h" |
| |
| |
| /* When PCRE_DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre(16|32)_printint() function, which |
| is also used by pcretest. PCRE_DEBUG is not defined when building a production |
| library. We do not need to select pcre16_printint.c specially, because the |
| COMPILE_PCREx macro will already be appropriately set. */ |
| |
| #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
| /* pcre_printint.c should not include any headers */ |
| #define PCRE_INCLUDED |
| #include "pcre_printint.c" |
| #undef PCRE_INCLUDED |
| #endif |
| |
| |
| /* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */ |
| |
| #define SETBIT(a,b) a[(b)/8] |= (1 << ((b)&7)) |
| |
| /* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that |
| holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than |
| INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have |
| to check them every time. */ |
| |
| #define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20) |
| |
| /* Definitions to allow mutual recursion */ |
| |
| static int |
| add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *, pcre_uchar **, int, compile_data *, |
| const pcre_uint32 *, unsigned int); |
| |
| static BOOL |
| compile_regex(int, pcre_uchar **, const pcre_uchar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int, int, |
| pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, branch_chain *, |
| compile_data *, int *); |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Code parameters and static tables * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the |
| first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex |
| is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as |
| soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code |
| does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218, |
| so this number is very generous. |
| |
| The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for |
| remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the |
| end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE |
| is 4 there is plenty of room for most patterns. However, the memory can get |
| filled up by repetitions of forward references, for example patterns like |
| /(?1){0,1999}(b)/, and one user did hit the limit. The code has been changed so |
| that the workspace is expanded using malloc() in this situation. The value |
| below is therefore a minimum, and we put a maximum on it for safety. The |
| minimum is now also defined in terms of LINK_SIZE so that the use of malloc() |
| kicks in at the same number of forward references in all cases. */ |
| |
| #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (2048*LINK_SIZE) |
| #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX (100*COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) |
| |
| /* This value determines the size of the initial vector that is used for |
| remembering named groups during the pre-compile. It is allocated on the stack, |
| but if it is too small, it is expanded using malloc(), in a similar way to the |
| workspace. The value is the number of slots in the list. */ |
| |
| #define NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE 20 |
| |
| /* The overrun tests check for a slightly smaller size so that they detect the |
| overrun before it actually does run off the end of the data block. */ |
| |
| #define WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN (100) |
| |
| /* Private flags added to firstchar and reqchar. */ |
| |
| #define REQ_CASELESS (1 << 0) /* Indicates caselessness */ |
| #define REQ_VARY (1 << 1) /* Reqchar followed non-literal item */ |
| /* Negative values for the firstchar and reqchar flags */ |
| #define REQ_UNSET (-2) |
| #define REQ_NONE (-1) |
| |
| /* Repeated character flags. */ |
| |
| #define UTF_LENGTH 0x10000000l /* The char contains its length. */ |
| |
| /* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns |
| are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so |
| on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape |
| is invalid. */ |
| |
| #ifndef EBCDIC |
| |
| /* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running |
| in UTF-8 mode. */ |
| |
| static const short int escapes[] = { |
| 0, 0, |
| 0, 0, |
| 0, 0, |
| 0, 0, |
| 0, 0, |
| CHAR_COLON, CHAR_SEMICOLON, |
| CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, |
| CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK, |
| CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT, -ESC_A, |
| -ESC_B, -ESC_C, |
| -ESC_D, -ESC_E, |
| 0, -ESC_G, |
| -ESC_H, 0, |
| 0, -ESC_K, |
| 0, 0, |
| -ESC_N, 0, |
| -ESC_P, -ESC_Q, |
| -ESC_R, -ESC_S, |
| 0, 0, |
| -ESC_V, -ESC_W, |
| -ESC_X, 0, |
| -ESC_Z, CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT, CHAR_UNDERSCORE, |
| CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT, 7, |
| -ESC_b, 0, |
| -ESC_d, ESC_e, |
| ESC_f, 0, |
| -ESC_h, 0, |
| 0, -ESC_k, |
| 0, 0, |
| ESC_n, 0, |
| -ESC_p, 0, |
| ESC_r, -ESC_s, |
| ESC_tee, 0, |
| -ESC_v, -ESC_w, |
| 0, 0, |
| -ESC_z |
| }; |
| |
| #else |
| |
| /* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support. */ |
| |
| static const short int escapes[] = { |
| /* 48 */ 0, 0, 0, '.', '<', '(', '+', '|', |
| /* 50 */ '&', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| /* 58 */ 0, 0, '!', '$', '*', ')', ';', '~', |
| /* 60 */ '-', '/', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| /* 68 */ 0, 0, '|', ',', '%', '_', '>', '?', |
| /* 70 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| /* 78 */ 0, '`', ':', '#', '@', '\'', '=', '"', |
| /* 80 */ 0, 7, -ESC_b, 0, -ESC_d, ESC_e, ESC_f, 0, |
| /* 88 */-ESC_h, 0, 0, '{', 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| /* 90 */ 0, 0, -ESC_k, 'l', 0, ESC_n, 0, -ESC_p, |
| /* 98 */ 0, ESC_r, 0, '}', 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| /* A0 */ 0, '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee, 0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w, 0, |
| /* A8 */ 0,-ESC_z, 0, 0, 0, '[', 0, 0, |
| /* B0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| /* B8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ']', '=', '-', |
| /* C0 */ '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E, 0, -ESC_G, |
| /* C8 */-ESC_H, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| /* D0 */ '}', 0, -ESC_K, 0, 0,-ESC_N, 0, -ESC_P, |
| /* D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| /* E0 */ '\\', 0, -ESC_S, 0, 0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X, |
| /* E8 */ 0,-ESC_Z, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| /* F0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| /* F8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 |
| }; |
| #endif |
| |
| |
| /* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is |
| searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce |
| the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The |
| string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC |
| platforms. */ |
| |
| typedef struct verbitem { |
| int len; /* Length of verb name */ |
| int op; /* Op when no arg, or -1 if arg mandatory */ |
| int op_arg; /* Op when arg present, or -1 if not allowed */ |
| } verbitem; |
| |
| static const char verbnames[] = |
| "\0" /* Empty name is a shorthand for MARK */ |
| STRING_MARK0 |
| STRING_ACCEPT0 |
| STRING_COMMIT0 |
| STRING_F0 |
| STRING_FAIL0 |
| STRING_PRUNE0 |
| STRING_SKIP0 |
| STRING_THEN; |
| |
| static const verbitem verbs[] = { |
| { 0, -1, OP_MARK }, |
| { 4, -1, OP_MARK }, |
| { 6, OP_ACCEPT, -1 }, |
| { 6, OP_COMMIT, -1 }, |
| { 1, OP_FAIL, -1 }, |
| { 4, OP_FAIL, -1 }, |
| { 5, OP_PRUNE, OP_PRUNE_ARG }, |
| { 4, OP_SKIP, OP_SKIP_ARG }, |
| { 4, OP_THEN, OP_THEN_ARG } |
| }; |
| |
| static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem); |
| |
| |
| /* Substitutes for [[:<:]] and [[:>:]], which mean start and end of word in |
| another regex library. */ |
| |
| static const pcre_uchar sub_start_of_word[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_b, CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK, |
| CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_w, CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS, '\0' }; |
| |
| static const pcre_uchar sub_end_of_word[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_b, CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK, |
| CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_w, |
| CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS, '\0' }; |
| |
| |
| /* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are |
| now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared |
| library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero |
| length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed |
| for handling case independence. The indices for graph, print, and punct are |
| needed, so identify them. */ |
| |
| static const char posix_names[] = |
| STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0 |
| STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0 |
| STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0 |
| STRING_word0 STRING_xdigit; |
| |
| static const pcre_uint8 posix_name_lengths[] = { |
| 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 }; |
| |
| #define PC_GRAPH 8 |
| #define PC_PRINT 9 |
| #define PC_PUNCT 10 |
| |
| |
| /* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a |
| base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some |
| classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space |
| characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore |
| character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset, |
| second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map |
| addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The |
| absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 => |
| remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */ |
| |
| static const int posix_class_maps[] = { |
| cbit_word, cbit_digit, -2, /* alpha */ |
| cbit_lower, -1, 0, /* lower */ |
| cbit_upper, -1, 0, /* upper */ |
| cbit_word, -1, 2, /* alnum - word without underscore */ |
| cbit_print, cbit_cntrl, 0, /* ascii */ |
| cbit_space, -1, 1, /* blank - a GNU extension */ |
| cbit_cntrl, -1, 0, /* cntrl */ |
| cbit_digit, -1, 0, /* digit */ |
| cbit_graph, -1, 0, /* graph */ |
| cbit_print, -1, 0, /* print */ |
| cbit_punct, -1, 0, /* punct */ |
| cbit_space, -1, 0, /* space */ |
| cbit_word, -1, 0, /* word - a Perl extension */ |
| cbit_xdigit,-1, 0 /* xdigit */ |
| }; |
| |
| /* Table of substitutes for \d etc when PCRE_UCP is set. They are replaced by |
| Unicode property escapes. */ |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PNd[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pNd[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PXsp[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pXsp[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PXwd[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pXwd[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| |
| static const pcre_uchar *substitutes[] = { |
| string_PNd, /* \D */ |
| string_pNd, /* \d */ |
| string_PXsp, /* \S */ /* Xsp is Perl space, but from 8.34, Perl */ |
| string_pXsp, /* \s */ /* space and POSIX space are the same. */ |
| string_PXwd, /* \W */ |
| string_pXwd /* \w */ |
| }; |
| |
| /* The POSIX class substitutes must be in the order of the POSIX class names, |
| defined above, and there are both positive and negative cases. NULL means no |
| general substitute of a Unicode property escape (\p or \P). However, for some |
| POSIX classes (e.g. graph, print, punct) a special property code is compiled |
| directly. */ |
| |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pL[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pLl[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pLu[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pXan[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_h[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_h, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pXps[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PL[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PLl[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PLu[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PXan[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_H[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_H, '\0' }; |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PXps[] = { |
| CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| |
| static const pcre_uchar *posix_substitutes[] = { |
| string_pL, /* alpha */ |
| string_pLl, /* lower */ |
| string_pLu, /* upper */ |
| string_pXan, /* alnum */ |
| NULL, /* ascii */ |
| string_h, /* blank */ |
| NULL, /* cntrl */ |
| string_pNd, /* digit */ |
| NULL, /* graph */ |
| NULL, /* print */ |
| NULL, /* punct */ |
| string_pXps, /* space */ /* Xps is POSIX space, but from 8.34 */ |
| string_pXwd, /* word */ /* Perl and POSIX space are the same */ |
| NULL, /* xdigit */ |
| /* Negated cases */ |
| string_PL, /* ^alpha */ |
| string_PLl, /* ^lower */ |
| string_PLu, /* ^upper */ |
| string_PXan, /* ^alnum */ |
| NULL, /* ^ascii */ |
| string_H, /* ^blank */ |
| NULL, /* ^cntrl */ |
| string_PNd, /* ^digit */ |
| NULL, /* ^graph */ |
| NULL, /* ^print */ |
| NULL, /* ^punct */ |
| string_PXps, /* ^space */ /* Xps is POSIX space, but from 8.34 */ |
| string_PXwd, /* ^word */ /* Perl and POSIX space are the same */ |
| NULL /* ^xdigit */ |
| }; |
| #define POSIX_SUBSIZE (sizeof(posix_substitutes) / sizeof(pcre_uchar *)) |
| #endif |
| |
| #define STRING(a) # a |
| #define XSTRING(s) STRING(s) |
| |
| /* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they |
| are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because |
| they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below |
| are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce |
| the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically, |
| it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the |
| lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we |
| simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue |
| because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error. |
| |
| Each substring ends with \0 to insert a null character. This includes the final |
| substring, so that the whole string ends with \0\0, which can be detected when |
| counting through. */ |
| |
| static const char error_texts[] = |
| "no error\0" |
| "\\ at end of pattern\0" |
| "\\c at end of pattern\0" |
| "unrecognized character follows \\\0" |
| "numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0" |
| /* 5 */ |
| "number too big in {} quantifier\0" |
| "missing terminating ] for character class\0" |
| "invalid escape sequence in character class\0" |
| "range out of order in character class\0" |
| "nothing to repeat\0" |
| /* 10 */ |
| "operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string\0" /** DEAD **/ |
| "internal error: unexpected repeat\0" |
| "unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0" |
| "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0" |
| "missing )\0" |
| /* 15 */ |
| "reference to non-existent subpattern\0" |
| "erroffset passed as NULL\0" |
| "unknown option bit(s) set\0" |
| "missing ) after comment\0" |
| "parentheses nested too deeply\0" /** DEAD **/ |
| /* 20 */ |
| "regular expression is too large\0" |
| "failed to get memory\0" |
| "unmatched parentheses\0" |
| "internal error: code overflow\0" |
| "unrecognized character after (?<\0" |
| /* 25 */ |
| "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0" |
| "malformed number or name after (?(\0" |
| "conditional group contains more than two branches\0" |
| "assertion expected after (?(\0" |
| "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0" |
| /* 30 */ |
| "unknown POSIX class name\0" |
| "POSIX collating elements are not supported\0" |
| "this version of PCRE is compiled without UTF support\0" |
| "spare error\0" /** DEAD **/ |
| "character value in \\x{} or \\o{} is too large\0" |
| /* 35 */ |
| "invalid condition (?(0)\0" |
| "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0" |
| "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N{name}, \\U, or \\u\0" |
| "number after (?C is > 255\0" |
| "closing ) for (?C expected\0" |
| /* 40 */ |
| "recursive call could loop indefinitely\0" |
| "unrecognized character after (?P\0" |
| "syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0" |
| "two named subpatterns have the same name\0" |
| "invalid UTF-8 string\0" |
| /* 45 */ |
| "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0" |
| "malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0" |
| "unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0" |
| "subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0" |
| "too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0" |
| /* 50 */ |
| "repeated subpattern is too long\0" /** DEAD **/ |
| "octal value is greater than \\377 in 8-bit non-UTF-8 mode\0" |
| "internal error: overran compiling workspace\0" |
| "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0" |
| "DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0" |
| /* 55 */ |
| "repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0" /** DEAD **/ |
| "inconsistent NEWLINE options\0" |
| "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0" |
| "a numbered reference must not be zero\0" |
| "an argument is not allowed for (*ACCEPT), (*FAIL), or (*COMMIT)\0" |
| /* 60 */ |
| "(*VERB) not recognized or malformed\0" |
| "number is too big\0" |
| "subpattern name expected\0" |
| "digit expected after (?+\0" |
| "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode\0" |
| /* 65 */ |
| "different names for subpatterns of the same number are not allowed\0" |
| "(*MARK) must have an argument\0" |
| "this version of PCRE is not compiled with Unicode property support\0" |
| "\\c must be followed by an ASCII character\0" |
| "\\k is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name\0" |
| /* 70 */ |
| "internal error: unknown opcode in find_fixedlength()\0" |
| "\\N is not supported in a class\0" |
| "too many forward references\0" |
| "disallowed Unicode code point (>= 0xd800 && <= 0xdfff)\0" |
| "invalid UTF-16 string\0" |
| /* 75 */ |
| "name is too long in (*MARK), (*PRUNE), (*SKIP), or (*THEN)\0" |
| "character value in \\u.... sequence is too large\0" |
| "invalid UTF-32 string\0" |
| "setting UTF is disabled by the application\0" |
| "non-hex character in \\x{} (closing brace missing?)\0" |
| /* 80 */ |
| "non-octal character in \\o{} (closing brace missing?)\0" |
| "missing opening brace after \\o\0" |
| "parentheses are too deeply nested\0" |
| "invalid range in character class\0" |
| "group name must start with a non-digit\0" |
| /* 85 */ |
| "parentheses are too deeply nested (stack check)\0" |
| "digits missing in \\x{} or \\o{}\0" |
| ; |
| |
| /* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling |
| patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and |
| may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects |
| to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have |
| a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing |
| character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some |
| applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match |
| efficiently. |
| |
| For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables: |
| |
| 0x04 decimal digit |
| 0x08 hexadecimal digit |
| |
| Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */ |
| |
| /* Using a simple comparison for decimal numbers rather than a memory read |
| is much faster, and the resulting code is simpler (the compiler turns it |
| into a subtraction and unsigned comparison). */ |
| |
| #define IS_DIGIT(x) ((x) >= CHAR_0 && (x) <= CHAR_9) |
| |
| #ifndef EBCDIC |
| |
| /* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in |
| UTF-8 mode. */ |
| |
| static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] = |
| { |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - ' */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ( - / */ |
| 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 */ |
| 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8 - ? */ |
| 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* @ - G */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H - O */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* P - W */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* X - _ */ |
| 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* ` - g */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h - o */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* p - w */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* x -127 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */ |
| |
| #else |
| |
| /* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */ |
| |
| static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] = |
| { |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 0 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 10 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 20 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 30 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 40 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 72- | */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 50 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 60 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ? */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */ |
| 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g 80 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p 90 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x A0 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 B0 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ |
| 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* { - G C0 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* } - P D0 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* \ - X E0 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */ |
| 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 F0 */ |
| 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */ |
| |
| static const pcre_uint8 ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */ |
| 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */ |
| 0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /* 72- | */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ? */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */ |
| 0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g */ |
| 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */ |
| 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p */ |
| 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x */ |
| 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */ |
| 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ |
| 0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* { - G */ |
| 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */ |
| 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* } - P */ |
| 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */ |
| 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* \ - X */ |
| 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */ |
| 0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /* 0 - 7 */ |
| 0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */ |
| #endif |
| |
| |
| /* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible |
| between adjacent character-type opcodes. The left-hand (repeated) opcode is |
| used to select the row, and the right-hand opcode is use to select the column. |
| A value of 1 means that auto-possessification is OK. For example, the second |
| value in the first row means that \D+\d can be turned into \D++\d. |
| |
| The Unicode property types (\P and \p) have to be present to fill out the table |
| because of what their opcode values are, but the table values should always be |
| zero because property types are handled separately in the code. The last four |
| columns apply to items that cannot be repeated, so there is no need to have |
| rows for them. Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is |
| *not* set. When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */ |
| |
| #define APTROWS (LAST_AUTOTAB_LEFT_OP - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP + 1) |
| #define APTCOLS (LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP + 1) |
| |
| static const pcre_uint8 autoposstab[APTROWS][APTCOLS] = { |
| /* \D \d \S \s \W \w . .+ \C \P \p \R \H \h \V \v \X \Z \z $ $M */ |
| { 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \D */ |
| { 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \d */ |
| { 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \S */ |
| { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \s */ |
| { 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \W */ |
| { 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \w */ |
| { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* . */ |
| { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* .+ */ |
| { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \C */ |
| { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* \P */ |
| { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* \p */ |
| { 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \R */ |
| { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \H */ |
| { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \h */ |
| { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \V */ |
| { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \v */ |
| { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 } /* \X */ |
| }; |
| |
| |
| /* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible |
| between adjacent Unicode property opcodes (OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP). The |
| left-hand (repeated) opcode is used to select the row, and the right-hand |
| opcode is used to select the column. The values are as follows: |
| |
| 0 Always return FALSE (never auto-possessify) |
| 1 Character groups are distinct (possessify if both are OP_PROP) |
| 2 Check character categories in the same group (general or particular) |
| 3 TRUE if the two opcodes are not the same (PROP vs NOTPROP) |
| |
| 4 Check left general category vs right particular category |
| 5 Check right general category vs left particular category |
| |
| 6 Left alphanum vs right general category |
| 7 Left space vs right general category |
| 8 Left word vs right general category |
| |
| 9 Right alphanum vs left general category |
| 10 Right space vs left general category |
| 11 Right word vs left general category |
| |
| 12 Left alphanum vs right particular category |
| 13 Left space vs right particular category |
| 14 Left word vs right particular category |
| |
| 15 Right alphanum vs left particular category |
| 16 Right space vs left particular category |
| 17 Right word vs left particular category |
| */ |
| |
| static const pcre_uint8 propposstab[PT_TABSIZE][PT_TABSIZE] = { |
| /* ANY LAMP GC PC SC ALNUM SPACE PXSPACE WORD CLIST UCNC */ |
| { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_ANY */ |
| { 0, 3, 0, 0, 0, 3, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_LAMP */ |
| { 0, 0, 2, 4, 0, 9, 10, 10, 11, 0, 0 }, /* PT_GC */ |
| { 0, 0, 5, 2, 0, 15, 16, 16, 17, 0, 0 }, /* PT_PC */ |
| { 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_SC */ |
| { 0, 3, 6, 12, 0, 3, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_ALNUM */ |
| { 0, 1, 7, 13, 0, 1, 3, 3, 1, 0, 0 }, /* PT_SPACE */ |
| { 0, 1, 7, 13, 0, 1, 3, 3, 1, 0, 0 }, /* PT_PXSPACE */ |
| { 0, 0, 8, 14, 0, 0, 1, 1, 3, 0, 0 }, /* PT_WORD */ |
| { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_CLIST */ |
| { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3 } /* PT_UCNC */ |
| }; |
| |
| /* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible |
| between adjacent Unicode property opcodes (OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP) when one |
| specifies a general category and the other specifies a particular category. The |
| row is selected by the general category and the column by the particular |
| category. The value is 1 if the particular category is not part of the general |
| category. */ |
| |
| static const pcre_uint8 catposstab[7][30] = { |
| /* Cc Cf Cn Co Cs Ll Lm Lo Lt Lu Mc Me Mn Nd Nl No Pc Pd Pe Pf Pi Po Ps Sc Sk Sm So Zl Zp Zs */ |
| { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* C */ |
| { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* L */ |
| { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* M */ |
| { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* N */ |
| { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* P */ |
| { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1 }, /* S */ |
| { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 } /* Z */ |
| }; |
| |
| /* This table is used when checking ALNUM, (PX)SPACE, SPACE, and WORD against |
| a general or particular category. The properties in each row are those |
| that apply to the character set in question. Duplication means that a little |
| unnecessary work is done when checking, but this keeps things much simpler |
| because they can all use the same code. For more details see the comment where |
| this table is used. |
| |
| Note: SPACE and PXSPACE used to be different because Perl excluded VT from |
| "space", but from Perl 5.18 it's included, so both categories are treated the |
| same here. */ |
| |
| static const pcre_uint8 posspropstab[3][4] = { |
| { ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_N, ucp_Nl }, /* ALNUM, 3rd and 4th values redundant */ |
| { ucp_Z, ucp_Z, ucp_C, ucp_Cc }, /* SPACE and PXSPACE, 2nd value redundant */ |
| { ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_P, ucp_Po } /* WORD */ |
| }; |
| |
| /* This table is used when converting repeating opcodes into possessified |
| versions as a result of an explicit possessive quantifier such as ++. A zero |
| value means there is no possessified version - in those cases the item in |
| question must be wrapped in ONCE brackets. The table is truncated at OP_CALLOUT |
| because all relevant opcodes are less than that. */ |
| |
| static const pcre_uint8 opcode_possessify[] = { |
| 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0 - 15 */ |
| 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 16 - 31 */ |
| |
| 0, /* NOTI */ |
| OP_POSSTAR, 0, /* STAR, MINSTAR */ |
| OP_POSPLUS, 0, /* PLUS, MINPLUS */ |
| OP_POSQUERY, 0, /* QUERY, MINQUERY */ |
| OP_POSUPTO, 0, /* UPTO, MINUPTO */ |
| 0, /* EXACT */ |
| 0, 0, 0, 0, /* POS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */ |
| |
| OP_POSSTARI, 0, /* STARI, MINSTARI */ |
| OP_POSPLUSI, 0, /* PLUSI, MINPLUSI */ |
| OP_POSQUERYI, 0, /* QUERYI, MINQUERYI */ |
| OP_POSUPTOI, 0, /* UPTOI, MINUPTOI */ |
| 0, /* EXACTI */ |
| 0, 0, 0, 0, /* POS{STARI,PLUSI,QUERYI,UPTOI} */ |
| |
| OP_NOTPOSSTAR, 0, /* NOTSTAR, NOTMINSTAR */ |
| OP_NOTPOSPLUS, 0, /* NOTPLUS, NOTMINPLUS */ |
| OP_NOTPOSQUERY, 0, /* NOTQUERY, NOTMINQUERY */ |
| OP_NOTPOSUPTO, 0, /* NOTUPTO, NOTMINUPTO */ |
| 0, /* NOTEXACT */ |
| 0, 0, 0, 0, /* NOTPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */ |
| |
| OP_NOTPOSSTARI, 0, /* NOTSTARI, NOTMINSTARI */ |
| OP_NOTPOSPLUSI, 0, /* NOTPLUSI, NOTMINPLUSI */ |
| OP_NOTPOSQUERYI, 0, /* NOTQUERYI, NOTMINQUERYI */ |
| OP_NOTPOSUPTOI, 0, /* NOTUPTOI, NOTMINUPTOI */ |
| 0, /* NOTEXACTI */ |
| 0, 0, 0, 0, /* NOTPOS{STARI,PLUSI,QUERYI,UPTOI} */ |
| |
| OP_TYPEPOSSTAR, 0, /* TYPESTAR, TYPEMINSTAR */ |
| OP_TYPEPOSPLUS, 0, /* TYPEPLUS, TYPEMINPLUS */ |
| OP_TYPEPOSQUERY, 0, /* TYPEQUERY, TYPEMINQUERY */ |
| OP_TYPEPOSUPTO, 0, /* TYPEUPTO, TYPEMINUPTO */ |
| 0, /* TYPEEXACT */ |
| 0, 0, 0, 0, /* TYPEPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */ |
| |
| OP_CRPOSSTAR, 0, /* CRSTAR, CRMINSTAR */ |
| OP_CRPOSPLUS, 0, /* CRPLUS, CRMINPLUS */ |
| OP_CRPOSQUERY, 0, /* CRQUERY, CRMINQUERY */ |
| OP_CRPOSRANGE, 0, /* CRRANGE, CRMINRANGE */ |
| 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CRPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,RANGE} */ |
| |
| 0, 0, 0, /* CLASS, NCLASS, XCLASS */ |
| 0, 0, /* REF, REFI */ |
| 0, 0, /* DNREF, DNREFI */ |
| 0, 0 /* RECURSE, CALLOUT */ |
| }; |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Find an error text * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As |
| some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets. |
| Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue |
| because it happens only when there has been a compilation error. |
| |
| Argument: the error number |
| Returns: pointer to the error string |
| */ |
| |
| static const char * |
| find_error_text(int n) |
| { |
| const char *s = error_texts; |
| for (; n > 0; n--) |
| { |
| while (*s++ != CHAR_NULL) {}; |
| if (*s == CHAR_NULL) return "Error text not found (please report)"; |
| } |
| return s; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Expand the workspace * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function is called during the second compiling phase, if the number of |
| forward references fills the existing workspace, which is originally a block on |
| the stack. A larger block is obtained from malloc() unless the ultimate limit |
| has been reached or the increase will be rather small. |
| |
| Argument: pointer to the compile data block |
| Returns: 0 if all went well, else an error number |
| */ |
| |
| static int |
| expand_workspace(compile_data *cd) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar *newspace; |
| int newsize = cd->workspace_size * 2; |
| |
| if (newsize > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX) newsize = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX; |
| if (cd->workspace_size >= COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX || |
| newsize - cd->workspace_size < WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) |
| return ERR72; |
| |
| newspace = (PUBL(malloc))(IN_UCHARS(newsize)); |
| if (newspace == NULL) return ERR21; |
| memcpy(newspace, cd->start_workspace, cd->workspace_size * sizeof(pcre_uchar)); |
| cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)newspace + (cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace); |
| if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) |
| (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace); |
| cd->start_workspace = newspace; |
| cd->workspace_size = newsize; |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Check for counted repeat * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might |
| start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not. |
| It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd} |
| where the ddds are digits. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| p pointer to the first char after '{' |
| |
| Returns: TRUE or FALSE |
| */ |
| |
| static BOOL |
| is_counted_repeat(const pcre_uchar *p) |
| { |
| if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE; |
| p++; |
| while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; |
| if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE; |
| |
| if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA) return FALSE; |
| if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE; |
| |
| if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE; |
| p++; |
| while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; |
| |
| return (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET); |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Handle escapes * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a |
| positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or 0 for a data character which |
| will be placed in chptr. A backreference to group n is returned as negative n. |
| When UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may be returned in |
| chptr. On entry, ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final |
| character of the escape sequence. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer |
| chptr points to a returned data character |
| errorcodeptr points to the errorcode variable |
| bracount number of previous extracting brackets |
| options the options bits |
| isclass TRUE if inside a character class |
| |
| Returns: zero => a data character |
| positive => a special escape sequence |
| negative => a back reference |
| on error, errorcodeptr is set |
| */ |
| |
| static int |
| check_escape(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, pcre_uint32 *chptr, int *errorcodeptr, |
| int bracount, int options, BOOL isclass) |
| { |
| /* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ |
| BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
| const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1; |
| pcre_uint32 c; |
| int escape = 0; |
| int i; |
| |
| GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr); /* Get character value, increment pointer */ |
| ptr--; /* Set pointer back to the last byte */ |
| |
| /* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */ |
| |
| if (c == CHAR_NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR1; |
| |
| /* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup |
| in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately. |
| Otherwise further processing may be required. */ |
| |
| #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
| /* Not alphanumeric */ |
| else if (c < CHAR_0 || c > CHAR_z) {} |
| else if ((i = escapes[c - CHAR_0]) != 0) |
| { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; } |
| |
| #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
| /* Not alphanumeric */ |
| else if (c < CHAR_a || (!MAX_255(c) || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0)) {} |
| else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0) { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| const pcre_uchar *oldptr; |
| BOOL braced, negated, overflow; |
| int s; |
| |
| switch (c) |
| { |
| /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit |
| error. */ |
| |
| case CHAR_l: |
| case CHAR_L: |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
| break; |
| |
| case CHAR_u: |
| if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
| { |
| /* In JavaScript, \u must be followed by four hexadecimal numbers. |
| Otherwise it is a lowercase u letter. */ |
| if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 |
| && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 |
| && MAX_255(ptr[3]) && (digitab[ptr[3]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 |
| && MAX_255(ptr[4]) && (digitab[ptr[4]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
| { |
| c = 0; |
| for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i) |
| { |
| register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr); |
| #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
| if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
| if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) |
| #endif |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR76; |
| } |
| else if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
| break; |
| |
| case CHAR_U: |
| /* In JavaScript, \U is an uppercase U letter. */ |
| if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
| break; |
| |
| /* In a character class, \g is just a literal "g". Outside a character |
| class, \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things: |
| |
| (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute |
| backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl |
| 5.10 feature. |
| |
| (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This |
| is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As |
| this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really |
| was \k. |
| |
| (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a |
| number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are |
| (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return |
| the ESC_g code (cf \k). */ |
| |
| case CHAR_g: |
| if (isclass) break; |
| if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) |
| { |
| escape = ESC_g; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */ |
| |
| if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| { |
| const pcre_uchar *p; |
| for (p = ptr+2; *p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; p++) |
| if (*p != CHAR_MINUS && !IS_DIGIT(*p)) break; |
| if (*p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| { |
| escape = ESC_k; |
| break; |
| } |
| braced = TRUE; |
| ptr++; |
| } |
| else braced = FALSE; |
| |
| if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS) |
| { |
| negated = TRUE; |
| ptr++; |
| } |
| else negated = FALSE; |
| |
| /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */ |
| s = 0; |
| overflow = FALSE; |
| while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
| { |
| if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */ |
| { |
| overflow = TRUE; |
| break; |
| } |
| s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0); |
| } |
| if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */ |
| { |
| while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
| ptr++; |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR61; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (braced && *(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR57; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (s == 0) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (negated) |
| { |
| if (s > bracount) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
| break; |
| } |
| s = bracount - (s - 1); |
| } |
| |
| escape = -s; |
| break; |
| |
| /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits |
| starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. Perl has changed |
| over the years. Nowadays \g{} for backreferences and \o{} for octal are |
| recommended to avoid the ambiguities in the old syntax. |
| |
| Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the |
| number is less than 8 (used to be 10), or if there are that many previous |
| extracting left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to |
| three octal digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to |
| be octal 123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If |
| the octal value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are |
| taken. \8 and \9 are treated as the literal characters 8 and 9. |
| |
| Inside a character class, \ followed by a digit is always either a literal |
| 8 or 9 or an octal number. */ |
| |
| case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5: |
| case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9: |
| |
| if (!isclass) |
| { |
| oldptr = ptr; |
| /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */ |
| s = (int)(c -CHAR_0); |
| overflow = FALSE; |
| while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
| { |
| if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */ |
| { |
| overflow = TRUE; |
| break; |
| } |
| s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0); |
| } |
| if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */ |
| { |
| while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
| ptr++; |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR61; |
| break; |
| } |
| if (s < 8 || s <= bracount) /* Check for back reference */ |
| { |
| escape = -s; |
| break; |
| } |
| ptr = oldptr; /* Put the pointer back and fall through */ |
| } |
| |
| /* Handle a digit following \ when the number is not a back reference. If |
| the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl used to generate a binary zero byte and |
| then treat the digit as a following literal. At least by Perl 5.18 this |
| changed so as not to insert the binary zero. */ |
| |
| if ((c = *ptr) >= CHAR_8) break; |
| |
| /* Fall through with a digit less than 8 */ |
| |
| /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a |
| larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least |
| significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used |
| to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode and 16-bit mode, |
| but no more than 3 octal digits. */ |
| |
| case CHAR_0: |
| c -= CHAR_0; |
| while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= CHAR_0 && ptr[1] <= CHAR_7) |
| c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0; |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| if (!utf && c > 0xff) *errorcodeptr = ERR51; |
| #endif |
| break; |
| |
| /* \o is a relatively new Perl feature, supporting a more general way of |
| specifying character codes in octal. The only supported form is \o{ddd}. */ |
| |
| case CHAR_o: |
| if (ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) *errorcodeptr = ERR81; else |
| if (ptr[2] == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) *errorcodeptr = ERR86; else |
| { |
| ptr += 2; |
| c = 0; |
| overflow = FALSE; |
| while (*ptr >= CHAR_0 && *ptr <= CHAR_7) |
| { |
| register pcre_uint32 cc = *ptr++; |
| if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */ |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (c >= 0x20000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
| #endif |
| c = (c << 3) + cc - CHAR_0 ; |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
| #endif |
| } |
| if (overflow) |
| { |
| while (*ptr >= CHAR_0 && *ptr <= CHAR_7) ptr++; |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR34; |
| } |
| else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| { |
| if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; |
| } |
| else *errorcodeptr = ERR80; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| /* \x is complicated. In JavaScript, \x must be followed by two hexadecimal |
| numbers. Otherwise it is a lowercase x letter. */ |
| |
| case CHAR_x: |
| if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
| { |
| if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 |
| && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
| { |
| c = 0; |
| for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) |
| { |
| register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr); |
| #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
| if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
| if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| #endif |
| } |
| } |
| } /* End JavaScript handling */ |
| |
| /* Handle \x in Perl's style. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be |
| greater than 0xff in utf or non-8bit mode, but only if the ddd are hex |
| digits. If not, { used to be treated as a data character. However, Perl |
| seems to read hex digits up to the first non-such, and ignore the rest, so |
| that, for example \x{zz} matches a binary zero. This seems crazy, so PCRE |
| now gives an error. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| { |
| ptr += 2; |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR86; |
| break; |
| } |
| c = 0; |
| overflow = FALSE; |
| while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (digitab[*ptr] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
| { |
| register pcre_uint32 cc = *ptr++; |
| if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */ |
| |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (c >= 0x10000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
| #endif |
| |
| #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
| if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
| if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| #endif |
| |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| if (overflow) |
| { |
| while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (digitab[*ptr] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) ptr++; |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR34; |
| } |
| |
| else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| { |
| if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; |
| } |
| |
| /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', give an error. |
| We used just to recognize this construct and fall through to the normal |
| \x handling, but nowadays Perl gives an error, which seems much more |
| sensible, so we do too. */ |
| |
| else *errorcodeptr = ERR79; |
| } /* End of \x{} processing */ |
| |
| /* Read a single-byte hex-defined char (up to two hex digits after \x) */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| c = 0; |
| while (i++ < 2 && MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
| { |
| pcre_uint32 cc; /* Some compilers don't like */ |
| cc = *(++ptr); /* ++ in initializers */ |
| #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
| if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
| if (cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| #endif |
| } |
| } /* End of \xdd handling */ |
| } /* End of Perl-style \x handling */ |
| break; |
| |
| /* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped. |
| An error is given if the byte following \c is not an ASCII character. This |
| coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is |
| ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */ |
| |
| case CHAR_c: |
| c = *(++ptr); |
| if (c == CHAR_NULL) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR2; |
| break; |
| } |
| #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
| if (c > 127) /* Excludes all non-ASCII in either mode */ |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR68; |
| break; |
| } |
| if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c -= 32; |
| c ^= 0x40; |
| #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
| if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c += 64; |
| c ^= 0xC0; |
| #endif |
| break; |
| |
| /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any |
| other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set; |
| otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit |
| odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may |
| be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */ |
| |
| default: |
| if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c) |
| { |
| default: |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR3; |
| break; |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Perl supports \N{name} for character names, as well as plain \N for "not |
| newline". PCRE does not support \N{name}. However, it does support |
| quantification such as \N{2,3}. */ |
| |
| if (escape == ESC_N && ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && |
| !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2)) |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
| |
| /* If PCRE_UCP is set, we change the values for \d etc. */ |
| |
| if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0 && escape >= ESC_D && escape <= ESC_w) |
| escape += (ESC_DU - ESC_D); |
| |
| /* Set the pointer to the final character before returning. */ |
| |
| *ptrptr = ptr; |
| *chptr = c; |
| return escape; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| /************************************************* |
| * Handle \P and \p * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that |
| PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is |
| pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the |
| escape sequence. |
| |
| Argument: |
| ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer |
| negptr points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE |
| ptypeptr points to an unsigned int that is set to the type value |
| pdataptr points to an unsigned int that is set to the detailed property value |
| errorcodeptr points to the error code variable |
| |
| Returns: TRUE if the type value was found, or FALSE for an invalid type |
| */ |
| |
| static BOOL |
| get_ucp(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, unsigned int *ptypeptr, |
| unsigned int *pdataptr, int *errorcodeptr) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar c; |
| int i, bot, top; |
| const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; |
| pcre_uchar name[32]; |
| |
| c = *(++ptr); |
| if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN; |
| |
| *negptr = FALSE; |
| |
| /* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for |
| negation. */ |
| |
| if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| { |
| if (ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
| { |
| *negptr = TRUE; |
| ptr++; |
| } |
| for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(name) / sizeof(pcre_uchar)) - 1; i++) |
| { |
| c = *(++ptr); |
| if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN; |
| if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break; |
| name[i] = c; |
| } |
| if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN; |
| name[i] = 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Otherwise there is just one following character */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| name[0] = c; |
| name[1] = 0; |
| } |
| |
| *ptrptr = ptr; |
| |
| /* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */ |
| |
| bot = 0; |
| top = PRIV(utt_size); |
| |
| while (bot < top) |
| { |
| int r; |
| i = (bot + top) >> 1; |
| r = STRCMP_UC_C8(name, PRIV(utt_names) + PRIV(utt)[i].name_offset); |
| if (r == 0) |
| { |
| *ptypeptr = PRIV(utt)[i].type; |
| *pdataptr = PRIV(utt)[i].value; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| if (r > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i; |
| } |
| |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR47; |
| *ptrptr = ptr; |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| ERROR_RETURN: |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR46; |
| *ptrptr = ptr; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Read repeat counts * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only |
| after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists, |
| so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| p pointer to first char after '{' |
| minp pointer to int for min |
| maxp pointer to int for max |
| returned as -1 if no max |
| errorcodeptr points to error code variable |
| |
| Returns: pointer to '}' on success; |
| current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero |
| */ |
| |
| static const pcre_uchar * |
| read_repeat_counts(const pcre_uchar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr) |
| { |
| int min = 0; |
| int max = -1; |
| |
| while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) |
| { |
| min = min * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0); |
| if (min > 65535) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR5; |
| return p; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) max = min; else |
| { |
| if (*(++p) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| { |
| max = 0; |
| while(IS_DIGIT(*p)) |
| { |
| max = max * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0); |
| if (max > 65535) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR5; |
| return p; |
| } |
| } |
| if (max < min) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR4; |
| return p; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| *minp = min; |
| *maxp = max; |
| return p; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Find first significant op code * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking |
| for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things |
| that do not influence this. For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative |
| forward and all backward assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it |
| does not. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| code pointer to the start of the group |
| skipassert TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped |
| |
| Returns: pointer to the first significant opcode |
| */ |
| |
| static const pcre_uchar* |
| first_significant_code(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL skipassert) |
| { |
| for (;;) |
| { |
| switch ((int)*code) |
| { |
| case OP_ASSERT_NOT: |
| case OP_ASSERTBACK: |
| case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: |
| if (!skipassert) return code; |
| do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
| code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code]; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
| case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
| if (!skipassert) return code; |
| /* Fall through */ |
| |
| case OP_CALLOUT: |
| case OP_CREF: |
| case OP_DNCREF: |
| case OP_RREF: |
| case OP_DNRREF: |
| case OP_DEF: |
| code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code]; |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| return code; |
| } |
| } |
| /* Control never reaches here */ |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Find the fixed length of a branch * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* Scan a branch and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it, |
| if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions. |
| In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes. The branch is |
| temporarily terminated with OP_END when this function is called. |
| |
| This function is called when a backward assertion is encountered, so that if it |
| fails, the error message can point to the correct place in the pattern. |
| However, we cannot do this when the assertion contains subroutine calls, |
| because they can be forward references. We solve this by remembering this case |
| and doing the check at the end; a flag specifies which mode we are running in. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| code points to the start of the pattern (the bracket) |
| utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| atend TRUE if called when the pattern is complete |
| cd the "compile data" structure |
| |
| Returns: the fixed length, |
| or -1 if there is no fixed length, |
| or -2 if \C was encountered (in UTF-8 mode only) |
| or -3 if an OP_RECURSE item was encountered and atend is FALSE |
| or -4 if an unknown opcode was encountered (internal error) |
| */ |
| |
| static int |
| find_fixedlength(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, BOOL atend, compile_data *cd) |
| { |
| int length = -1; |
| |
| register int branchlength = 0; |
| register pcre_uchar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| |
| /* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the |
| branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */ |
| |
| for (;;) |
| { |
| int d; |
| pcre_uchar *ce, *cs; |
| register pcre_uchar op = *cc; |
| |
| switch (op) |
| { |
| /* We only need to continue for OP_CBRA (normal capturing bracket) and |
| OP_BRA (normal non-capturing bracket) because the other variants of these |
| opcodes are all concerned with unlimited repeated groups, which of course |
| are not of fixed length. */ |
| |
| case OP_CBRA: |
| case OP_BRA: |
| case OP_ONCE: |
| case OP_ONCE_NC: |
| case OP_COND: |
| d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? IMM2_SIZE : 0), utf, atend, cd); |
| if (d < 0) return d; |
| branchlength += d; |
| do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); |
| cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| break; |
| |
| /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested call. |
| If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. An ACCEPT is effectively |
| an ALT. If it is END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by |
| the same code. Note that we must not include the OP_KETRxxx opcodes here, |
| because they all imply an unlimited repeat. */ |
| |
| case OP_ALT: |
| case OP_KET: |
| case OP_END: |
| case OP_ACCEPT: |
| case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT: |
| if (length < 0) length = branchlength; |
| else if (length != branchlength) return -1; |
| if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length; |
| cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| branchlength = 0; |
| break; |
| |
| /* A true recursion implies not fixed length, but a subroutine call may |
| be OK. If the subroutine is a forward reference, we can't deal with |
| it until the end of the pattern, so return -3. */ |
| |
| case OP_RECURSE: |
| if (!atend) return -3; |
| cs = ce = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_code + GET(cc, 1); /* Start subpattern */ |
| do ce += GET(ce, 1); while (*ce == OP_ALT); /* End subpattern */ |
| if (cc > cs && cc < ce) return -1; /* Recursion */ |
| d = find_fixedlength(cs + IMM2_SIZE, utf, atend, cd); |
| if (d < 0) return d; |
| branchlength += d; |
| cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| break; |
| |
| /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */ |
| |
| case OP_ASSERT: |
| case OP_ASSERT_NOT: |
| case OP_ASSERTBACK: |
| case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: |
| do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); |
| cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; |
| break; |
| |
| /* Skip over things that don't match chars */ |
| |
| case OP_MARK: |
| case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
| case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
| case OP_THEN_ARG: |
| cc += cc[1] + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_CALLOUT: |
| case OP_CIRC: |
| case OP_CIRCM: |
| case OP_CLOSE: |
| case OP_COMMIT: |
| case OP_CREF: |
| case OP_DEF: |
| case OP_DNCREF: |
| case OP_DNRREF: |
| case OP_DOLL: |
| case OP_DOLLM: |
| case OP_EOD: |
| case OP_EODN: |
| case OP_FAIL: |
| case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
| case OP_PRUNE: |
| case OP_REVERSE: |
| case OP_RREF: |
| case OP_SET_SOM: |
| case OP_SKIP: |
| case OP_SOD: |
| case OP_SOM: |
| case OP_THEN: |
| case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
| cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; |
| break; |
| |
| /* Handle literal characters */ |
| |
| case OP_CHAR: |
| case OP_CHARI: |
| case OP_NOT: |
| case OP_NOTI: |
| branchlength++; |
| cc += 2; |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); |
| #endif |
| break; |
| |
| /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we |
| need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode. */ |
| |
| case OP_EXACT: |
| case OP_EXACTI: |
| case OP_NOTEXACT: |
| case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
| branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1); |
| cc += 2 + IMM2_SIZE; |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); |
| #endif |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
| branchlength += GET2(cc,1); |
| if (cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) |
| cc += 2; |
| cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1; |
| break; |
| |
| /* Handle single-char matchers */ |
| |
| case OP_PROP: |
| case OP_NOTPROP: |
| cc += 2; |
| /* Fall through */ |
| |
| case OP_HSPACE: |
| case OP_VSPACE: |
| case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
| case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
| case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
| case OP_DIGIT: |
| case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
| case OP_WHITESPACE: |
| case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
| case OP_WORDCHAR: |
| case OP_ANY: |
| case OP_ALLANY: |
| branchlength++; |
| cc++; |
| break; |
| |
| /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed. This only happens in UTF-8 mode; |
| otherwise \C is coded as OP_ALLANY. */ |
| |
| case OP_ANYBYTE: |
| return -2; |
| |
| /* Check a class for variable quantification */ |
| |
| case OP_CLASS: |
| case OP_NCLASS: |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| case OP_XCLASS: |
| /* The original code caused an unsigned overflow in 64 bit systems, |
| so now we use a conditional statement. */ |
| if (op == OP_XCLASS) |
| cc += GET(cc, 1); |
| else |
| cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; |
| #else |
| cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; |
| #endif |
| |
| switch (*cc) |
| { |
| case OP_CRSTAR: |
| case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
| case OP_CRPLUS: |
| case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
| case OP_CRQUERY: |
| case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
| case OP_CRPOSSTAR: |
| case OP_CRPOSPLUS: |
| case OP_CRPOSQUERY: |
| return -1; |
| |
| case OP_CRRANGE: |
| case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
| case OP_CRPOSRANGE: |
| if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,1+IMM2_SIZE)) return -1; |
| branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1); |
| cc += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| branchlength++; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| /* Anything else is variable length */ |
| |
| case OP_ANYNL: |
| case OP_BRAMINZERO: |
| case OP_BRAPOS: |
| case OP_BRAPOSZERO: |
| case OP_BRAZERO: |
| case OP_CBRAPOS: |
| case OP_EXTUNI: |
| case OP_KETRMAX: |
| case OP_KETRMIN: |
| case OP_KETRPOS: |
| case OP_MINPLUS: |
| case OP_MINPLUSI: |
| case OP_MINQUERY: |
| case OP_MINQUERYI: |
| case OP_MINSTAR: |
| case OP_MINSTARI: |
| case OP_MINUPTO: |
| case OP_MINUPTOI: |
| case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
| case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: |
| case OP_NOTMINQUERY: |
| case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: |
| case OP_NOTMINSTAR: |
| case OP_NOTMINSTARI: |
| case OP_NOTMINUPTO: |
| case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: |
| case OP_NOTPLUS: |
| case OP_NOTPLUSI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
| case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: |
| case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: |
| case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: |
| case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: |
| case OP_NOTQUERY: |
| case OP_NOTQUERYI: |
| case OP_NOTSTAR: |
| case OP_NOTSTARI: |
| case OP_NOTUPTO: |
| case OP_NOTUPTOI: |
| case OP_PLUS: |
| case OP_PLUSI: |
| case OP_POSPLUS: |
| case OP_POSPLUSI: |
| case OP_POSQUERY: |
| case OP_POSQUERYI: |
| case OP_POSSTAR: |
| case OP_POSSTARI: |
| case OP_POSUPTO: |
| case OP_POSUPTOI: |
| case OP_QUERY: |
| case OP_QUERYI: |
| case OP_REF: |
| case OP_REFI: |
| case OP_DNREF: |
| case OP_DNREFI: |
| case OP_SBRA: |
| case OP_SBRAPOS: |
| case OP_SCBRA: |
| case OP_SCBRAPOS: |
| case OP_SCOND: |
| case OP_SKIPZERO: |
| case OP_STAR: |
| case OP_STARI: |
| case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
| case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
| case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
| case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
| case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
| case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
| case OP_TYPESTAR: |
| case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
| case OP_UPTO: |
| case OP_UPTOI: |
| return -1; |
| |
| /* Catch unrecognized opcodes so that when new ones are added they |
| are not forgotten, as has happened in the past. */ |
| |
| default: |
| return -4; |
| } |
| } |
| /* Control never gets here */ |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Scan compiled regex for specific bracket * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a |
| capturing bracket with the given number, or, if the number is negative, an |
| instance of OP_REVERSE for a lookbehind. The function is global in the C sense |
| so that it can be called from pcre_study() when finding the minimum matching |
| length. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| code points to start of expression |
| utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| number the required bracket number or negative to find a lookbehind |
| |
| Returns: pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found |
| */ |
| |
| const pcre_uchar * |
| PRIV(find_bracket)(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, int number) |
| { |
| for (;;) |
| { |
| register pcre_uchar c = *code; |
| |
| if (c == OP_END) return NULL; |
| |
| /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit |
| map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in |
| the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */ |
| |
| if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1); |
| |
| /* Handle recursion */ |
| |
| else if (c == OP_REVERSE) |
| { |
| if (number < 0) return (pcre_uchar *)code; |
| code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
| } |
| |
| /* Handle capturing bracket */ |
| |
| else if (c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_SCBRA || |
| c == OP_CBRAPOS || c == OP_SCBRAPOS) |
| { |
| int n = (int)GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE); |
| if (n == number) return (pcre_uchar *)code; |
| code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
| } |
| |
| /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for |
| repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra |
| two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we |
| must add in its length. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| switch(c) |
| { |
| case OP_TYPESTAR: |
| case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
| case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
| case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
| case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
| case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
| if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
| case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
| case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
| if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) |
| code += 2; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_MARK: |
| case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
| case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
| case OP_THEN_ARG: |
| code += code[1]; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ |
| |
| code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
| |
| /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by |
| a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to |
| arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (utf) switch(c) |
| { |
| case OP_CHAR: |
| case OP_CHARI: |
| case OP_EXACT: |
| case OP_EXACTI: |
| case OP_UPTO: |
| case OP_UPTOI: |
| case OP_MINUPTO: |
| case OP_MINUPTOI: |
| case OP_POSUPTO: |
| case OP_POSUPTOI: |
| case OP_STAR: |
| case OP_STARI: |
| case OP_MINSTAR: |
| case OP_MINSTARI: |
| case OP_POSSTAR: |
| case OP_POSSTARI: |
| case OP_PLUS: |
| case OP_PLUSI: |
| case OP_MINPLUS: |
| case OP_MINPLUSI: |
| case OP_POSPLUS: |
| case OP_POSPLUSI: |
| case OP_QUERY: |
| case OP_QUERYI: |
| case OP_MINQUERY: |
| case OP_MINQUERYI: |
| case OP_POSQUERY: |
| case OP_POSQUERYI: |
| if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); |
| break; |
| } |
| #else |
| (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ |
| #endif |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Scan compiled regex for recursion reference * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an |
| instance of OP_RECURSE. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| code points to start of expression |
| utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| |
| Returns: pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found |
| */ |
| |
| static const pcre_uchar * |
| find_recurse(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf) |
| { |
| for (;;) |
| { |
| register pcre_uchar c = *code; |
| if (c == OP_END) return NULL; |
| if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code; |
| |
| /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit |
| map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in |
| the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */ |
| |
| if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1); |
| |
| /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for |
| repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra |
| two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we |
| must add in its length. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| switch(c) |
| { |
| case OP_TYPESTAR: |
| case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
| case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
| case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
| case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
| case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
| if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
| case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
| case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
| case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
| if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) |
| code += 2; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_MARK: |
| case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
| case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
| case OP_THEN_ARG: |
| code += code[1]; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ |
| |
| code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
| |
| /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed |
| by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have |
| to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (utf) switch(c) |
| { |
| case OP_CHAR: |
| case OP_CHARI: |
| case OP_NOT: |
| case OP_NOTI: |
| case OP_EXACT: |
| case OP_EXACTI: |
| case OP_NOTEXACT: |
| case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
| case OP_UPTO: |
| case OP_UPTOI: |
| case OP_NOTUPTO: |
| case OP_NOTUPTOI: |
| case OP_MINUPTO: |
| case OP_MINUPTOI: |
| case OP_NOTMINUPTO: |
| case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: |
| case OP_POSUPTO: |
| case OP_POSUPTOI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: |
| case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: |
| case OP_STAR: |
| case OP_STARI: |
| case OP_NOTSTAR: |
| case OP_NOTSTARI: |
| case OP_MINSTAR: |
| case OP_MINSTARI: |
| case OP_NOTMINSTAR: |
| case OP_NOTMINSTARI: |
| case OP_POSSTAR: |
| case OP_POSSTARI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: |
| case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: |
| case OP_PLUS: |
| case OP_PLUSI: |
| case OP_NOTPLUS: |
| case OP_NOTPLUSI: |
| case OP_MINPLUS: |
| case OP_MINPLUSI: |
| case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
| case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: |
| case OP_POSPLUS: |
| case OP_POSPLUSI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
| case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: |
| case OP_QUERY: |
| case OP_QUERYI: |
| case OP_NOTQUERY: |
| case OP_NOTQUERYI: |
| case OP_MINQUERY: |
| case OP_MINQUERYI: |
| case OP_NOTMINQUERY: |
| case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: |
| case OP_POSQUERY: |
| case OP_POSQUERYI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: |
| case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: |
| if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); |
| break; |
| } |
| #else |
| (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ |
| #endif |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it |
| can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty() |
| below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a |
| group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over |
| backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we |
| hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner |
| bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| code points to start of search |
| endcode points to where to stop |
| utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
| recurses chain of recurse_check to catch mutual recursion |
| |
| Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty |
| */ |
| |
| typedef struct recurse_check { |
| struct recurse_check *prev; |
| const pcre_uchar *group; |
| } recurse_check; |
| |
| static BOOL |
| could_be_empty_branch(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode, |
| BOOL utf, compile_data *cd, recurse_check *recurses) |
| { |
| register pcre_uchar c; |
| recurse_check this_recurse; |
| |
| for (code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], TRUE); |
| code < endcode; |
| code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[c], TRUE)) |
| { |
| const pcre_uchar *ccode; |
| |
| c = *code; |
| |
| /* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by |
| first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */ |
| |
| if (c == OP_ASSERT) |
| { |
| do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
| c = *code; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* For a recursion/subroutine call, if its end has been reached, which |
| implies a backward reference subroutine call, we can scan it. If it's a |
| forward reference subroutine call, we can't. To detect forward reference |
| we have to scan up the list that is kept in the workspace. This function is |
| called only when doing the real compile, not during the pre-compile that |
| measures the size of the compiled pattern. */ |
| |
| if (c == OP_RECURSE) |
| { |
| const pcre_uchar *scode = cd->start_code + GET(code, 1); |
| const pcre_uchar *endgroup = scode; |
| BOOL empty_branch; |
| |
| /* Test for forward reference or uncompleted reference. This is disabled |
| when called to scan a completed pattern by setting cd->start_workspace to |
| NULL. */ |
| |
| if (cd->start_workspace != NULL) |
| { |
| const pcre_uchar *tcode; |
| for (tcode = cd->start_workspace; tcode < cd->hwm; tcode += LINK_SIZE) |
| if ((int)GET(tcode, 0) == (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code)) return TRUE; |
| if (GET(scode, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Unclosed */ |
| } |
| |
| /* If the reference is to a completed group, we need to detect whether this |
| is a recursive call, as otherwise there will be an infinite loop. If it is |
| a recursion, just skip over it. Simple recursions are easily detected. For |
| mutual recursions we keep a chain on the stack. */ |
| |
| do endgroup += GET(endgroup, 1); while (*endgroup == OP_ALT); |
| if (code >= scode && code <= endgroup) continue; /* Simple recursion */ |
| else |
| { |
| recurse_check *r = recurses; |
| for (r = recurses; r != NULL; r = r->prev) |
| if (r->group == scode) break; |
| if (r != NULL) continue; /* Mutual recursion */ |
| } |
| |
| /* Completed reference; scan the referenced group, remembering it on the |
| stack chain to detect mutual recursions. */ |
| |
| empty_branch = FALSE; |
| this_recurse.prev = recurses; |
| this_recurse.group = scode; |
| |
| do |
| { |
| if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, endcode, utf, cd, &this_recurse)) |
| { |
| empty_branch = TRUE; |
| break; |
| } |
| scode += GET(scode, 1); |
| } |
| while (*scode == OP_ALT); |
| |
| if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */ |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */ |
| |
| if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO || |
| c == OP_BRAPOSZERO) |
| { |
| code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
| do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
| c = *code; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* A nested group that is already marked as "could be empty" can just be |
| skipped. */ |
| |
| if (c == OP_SBRA || c == OP_SBRAPOS || |
| c == OP_SCBRA || c == OP_SCBRAPOS) |
| { |
| do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
| c = *code; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* For other groups, scan the branches. */ |
| |
| if (c == OP_BRA || c == OP_BRAPOS || |
| c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_CBRAPOS || |
| c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_ONCE_NC || |
| c == OP_COND) |
| { |
| BOOL empty_branch; |
| if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Hit unclosed bracket */ |
| |
| /* If a conditional group has only one branch, there is a second, implied, |
| empty branch, so just skip over the conditional, because it could be empty. |
| Otherwise, scan the individual branches of the group. */ |
| |
| if (c == OP_COND && code[GET(code, 1)] != OP_ALT) |
| code += GET(code, 1); |
| else |
| { |
| empty_branch = FALSE; |
| do |
| { |
| if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf, cd, NULL)) |
| empty_branch = TRUE; |
| code += GET(code, 1); |
| } |
| while (*code == OP_ALT); |
| if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */ |
| } |
| |
| c = *code; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* Handle the other opcodes */ |
| |
| switch (c) |
| { |
| /* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that |
| cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single |
| high-valued characters. The length in PRIV(OP_lengths)[] is zero; the |
| actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code" |
| here. */ |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| case OP_XCLASS: |
| ccode = code += GET(code, 1); |
| goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT; |
| #endif |
| |
| case OP_CLASS: |
| case OP_NCLASS: |
| ccode = code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT: |
| #endif |
| |
| switch (*ccode) |
| { |
| case OP_CRSTAR: /* These could be empty; continue */ |
| case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
| case OP_CRQUERY: |
| case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
| case OP_CRPOSSTAR: |
| case OP_CRPOSQUERY: |
| break; |
| |
| default: /* Non-repeat => class must match */ |
| case OP_CRPLUS: /* These repeats aren't empty */ |
| case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
| case OP_CRPOSPLUS: |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| case OP_CRRANGE: |
| case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
| case OP_CRPOSRANGE: |
| if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE; /* Minimum > 0 */ |
| break; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| /* Opcodes that must match a character */ |
| |
| case OP_ANY: |
| case OP_ALLANY: |
| case OP_ANYBYTE: |
| |
| case OP_PROP: |
| case OP_NOTPROP: |
| case OP_ANYNL: |
| |
| case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
| case OP_HSPACE: |
| case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
| case OP_VSPACE: |
| case OP_EXTUNI: |
| |
| case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
| case OP_DIGIT: |
| case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
| case OP_WHITESPACE: |
| case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
| case OP_WORDCHAR: |
| |
| case OP_CHAR: |
| case OP_CHARI: |
| case OP_NOT: |
| case OP_NOTI: |
| |
| case OP_PLUS: |
| case OP_PLUSI: |
| case OP_MINPLUS: |
| case OP_MINPLUSI: |
| |
| case OP_NOTPLUS: |
| case OP_NOTPLUSI: |
| case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
| case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: |
| |
| case OP_POSPLUS: |
| case OP_POSPLUSI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
| case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: |
| |
| case OP_EXACT: |
| case OP_EXACTI: |
| case OP_NOTEXACT: |
| case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
| |
| case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
| case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
| case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
| |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to |
| fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */ |
| |
| case OP_TYPESTAR: |
| case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
| case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
| case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
| if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
| break; |
| |
| /* Same for these */ |
| |
| case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
| case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
| if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) |
| code += 2; |
| break; |
| |
| /* End of branch */ |
| |
| case OP_KET: |
| case OP_KETRMAX: |
| case OP_KETRMIN: |
| case OP_KETRPOS: |
| case OP_ALT: |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO, |
| MINUPTO, and POSUPTO and their caseless and negative versions may be |
| followed by a multibyte character. */ |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| case OP_STAR: |
| case OP_STARI: |
| case OP_NOTSTAR: |
| case OP_NOTSTARI: |
| |
| case OP_MINSTAR: |
| case OP_MINSTARI: |
| case OP_NOTMINSTAR: |
| case OP_NOTMINSTARI: |
| |
| case OP_POSSTAR: |
| case OP_POSSTARI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: |
| case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: |
| |
| case OP_QUERY: |
| case OP_QUERYI: |
| case OP_NOTQUERY: |
| case OP_NOTQUERYI: |
| |
| case OP_MINQUERY: |
| case OP_MINQUERYI: |
| case OP_NOTMINQUERY: |
| case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: |
| |
| case OP_POSQUERY: |
| case OP_POSQUERYI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: |
| case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: |
| |
| if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1]); |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_UPTO: |
| case OP_UPTOI: |
| case OP_NOTUPTO: |
| case OP_NOTUPTOI: |
| |
| case OP_MINUPTO: |
| case OP_MINUPTOI: |
| case OP_NOTMINUPTO: |
| case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: |
| |
| case OP_POSUPTO: |
| case OP_POSUPTOI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: |
| case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: |
| |
| if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE]); |
| break; |
| #endif |
| |
| /* MARK, and PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument must skip over the argument |
| string. */ |
| |
| case OP_MARK: |
| case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
| case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
| case OP_THEN_ARG: |
| code += code[1]; |
| break; |
| |
| /* None of the remaining opcodes are required to match a character. */ |
| |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check |
| the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty |
| string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels, |
| stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion. |
| This function is called only during the real compile, not during the |
| pre-compile. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| code points to start of the recursion |
| endcode points to where to stop (current RECURSE item) |
| bcptr points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts |
| utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| cd pointers to tables etc |
| |
| Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty |
| */ |
| |
| static BOOL |
| could_be_empty(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode, |
| branch_chain *bcptr, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd) |
| { |
| while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current_branch >= code) |
| { |
| if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current_branch, endcode, utf, cd, NULL)) |
| return FALSE; |
| bcptr = bcptr->outer; |
| } |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Base opcode of repeated opcodes * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* Returns the base opcode for repeated single character type opcodes. If the |
| opcode is not a repeated character type, it returns with the original value. |
| |
| Arguments: c opcode |
| Returns: base opcode for the type |
| */ |
| |
| static pcre_uchar |
| get_repeat_base(pcre_uchar c) |
| { |
| return (c > OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)? c : |
| (c >= OP_TYPESTAR)? OP_TYPESTAR : |
| (c >= OP_NOTSTARI)? OP_NOTSTARI : |
| (c >= OP_NOTSTAR)? OP_NOTSTAR : |
| (c >= OP_STARI)? OP_STARI : |
| OP_STAR; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| /************************************************* |
| * Check a character and a property * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function is called by check_auto_possessive() when a property item |
| is adjacent to a fixed character. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| c the character |
| ptype the property type |
| pdata the data for the type |
| negated TRUE if it's a negated property (\P or \p{^) |
| |
| Returns: TRUE if auto-possessifying is OK |
| */ |
| |
| static BOOL |
| check_char_prop(pcre_uint32 c, unsigned int ptype, unsigned int pdata, |
| BOOL negated) |
| { |
| const pcre_uint32 *p; |
| const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c); |
| |
| switch(ptype) |
| { |
| case PT_LAMP: |
| return (prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || |
| prop->chartype == ucp_Ll || |
| prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == negated; |
| |
| case PT_GC: |
| return (pdata == PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype]) == negated; |
| |
| case PT_PC: |
| return (pdata == prop->chartype) == negated; |
| |
| case PT_SC: |
| return (pdata == prop->script) == negated; |
| |
| /* These are specials */ |
| |
| case PT_ALNUM: |
| return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || |
| PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == negated; |
| |
| /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, which |
| means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE was changed |
| at release 8.34. */ |
| |
| case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ |
| case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ |
| switch(c) |
| { |
| HSPACE_CASES: |
| VSPACE_CASES: |
| return negated; |
| |
| default: |
| return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z) == negated; |
| } |
| break; /* Control never reaches here */ |
| |
| case PT_WORD: |
| return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || |
| PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N || |
| c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == negated; |
| |
| case PT_CLIST: |
| p = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop->caseset; |
| for (;;) |
| { |
| if (c < *p) return !negated; |
| if (c == *p++) return negated; |
| } |
| break; /* Control never reaches here */ |
| } |
| |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Fill the character property list * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* Checks whether the code points to an opcode that can take part in auto- |
| possessification, and if so, fills a list with its properties. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| code points to start of expression |
| utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| fcc points to case-flipping table |
| list points to output list |
| list[0] will be filled with the opcode |
| list[1] will be non-zero if this opcode |
| can match an empty character string |
| list[2..7] depends on the opcode |
| |
| Returns: points to the start of the next opcode if *code is accepted |
| NULL if *code is not accepted |
| */ |
| |
| static const pcre_uchar * |
| get_chr_property_list(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, |
| const pcre_uint8 *fcc, pcre_uint32 *list) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar c = *code; |
| pcre_uchar base; |
| const pcre_uchar *end; |
| pcre_uint32 chr; |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| pcre_uint32 *clist_dest; |
| const pcre_uint32 *clist_src; |
| #else |
| utf = utf; /* Suppress "unused parameter" compiler warning */ |
| #endif |
| |
| list[0] = c; |
| list[1] = FALSE; |
| code++; |
| |
| if (c >= OP_STAR && c <= OP_TYPEPOSUPTO) |
| { |
| base = get_repeat_base(c); |
| c -= (base - OP_STAR); |
| |
| if (c == OP_UPTO || c == OP_MINUPTO || c == OP_EXACT || c == OP_POSUPTO) |
| code += IMM2_SIZE; |
| |
| list[1] = (c != OP_PLUS && c != OP_MINPLUS && c != OP_EXACT && c != OP_POSPLUS); |
| |
| switch(base) |
| { |
| case OP_STAR: |
| list[0] = OP_CHAR; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_STARI: |
| list[0] = OP_CHARI; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_NOTSTAR: |
| list[0] = OP_NOT; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_NOTSTARI: |
| list[0] = OP_NOTI; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_TYPESTAR: |
| list[0] = *code; |
| code++; |
| break; |
| } |
| c = list[0]; |
| } |
| |
| switch(c) |
| { |
| case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
| case OP_DIGIT: |
| case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
| case OP_WHITESPACE: |
| case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
| case OP_WORDCHAR: |
| case OP_ANY: |
| case OP_ALLANY: |
| case OP_ANYNL: |
| case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
| case OP_HSPACE: |
| case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
| case OP_VSPACE: |
| case OP_EXTUNI: |
| case OP_EODN: |
| case OP_EOD: |
| case OP_DOLL: |
| case OP_DOLLM: |
| return code; |
| |
| case OP_CHAR: |
| case OP_NOT: |
| GETCHARINCTEST(chr, code); |
| list[2] = chr; |
| list[3] = NOTACHAR; |
| return code; |
| |
| case OP_CHARI: |
| case OP_NOTI: |
| list[0] = (c == OP_CHARI) ? OP_CHAR : OP_NOT; |
| GETCHARINCTEST(chr, code); |
| list[2] = chr; |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| if (chr < 128 || (chr < 256 && !utf)) |
| list[3] = fcc[chr]; |
| else |
| list[3] = UCD_OTHERCASE(chr); |
| #elif defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| list[3] = (chr < 256) ? fcc[chr] : chr; |
| #else |
| list[3] = fcc[chr]; |
| #endif |
| |
| /* The othercase might be the same value. */ |
| |
| if (chr == list[3]) |
| list[3] = NOTACHAR; |
| else |
| list[4] = NOTACHAR; |
| return code; |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| case OP_PROP: |
| case OP_NOTPROP: |
| if (code[0] != PT_CLIST) |
| { |
| list[2] = code[0]; |
| list[3] = code[1]; |
| return code + 2; |
| } |
| |
| /* Convert only if we have enough space. */ |
| |
| clist_src = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + code[1]; |
| clist_dest = list + 2; |
| code += 2; |
| |
| do { |
| if (clist_dest >= list + 8) |
| { |
| /* Early return if there is not enough space. This should never |
| happen, since all clists are shorter than 5 character now. */ |
| list[2] = code[0]; |
| list[3] = code[1]; |
| return code; |
| } |
| *clist_dest++ = *clist_src; |
| } |
| while(*clist_src++ != NOTACHAR); |
| |
| /* All characters are stored. The terminating NOTACHAR |
| is copied form the clist itself. */ |
| |
| list[0] = (c == OP_PROP) ? OP_CHAR : OP_NOT; |
| return code; |
| #endif |
| |
| case OP_NCLASS: |
| case OP_CLASS: |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| case OP_XCLASS: |
| if (c == OP_XCLASS) |
| end = code + GET(code, 0) - 1; |
| else |
| #endif |
| end = code + 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); |
| |
| switch(*end) |
| { |
| case OP_CRSTAR: |
| case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
| case OP_CRQUERY: |
| case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
| case OP_CRPOSSTAR: |
| case OP_CRPOSQUERY: |
| list[1] = TRUE; |
| end++; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_CRPLUS: |
| case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
| case OP_CRPOSPLUS: |
| end++; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_CRRANGE: |
| case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
| case OP_CRPOSRANGE: |
| list[1] = (GET2(end, 1) == 0); |
| end += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; |
| break; |
| } |
| list[2] = (pcre_uint32)(end - code); |
| return end; |
| } |
| return NULL; /* Opcode not accepted */ |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Scan further character sets for match * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* Checks whether the base and the current opcode have a common character, in |
| which case the base cannot be possessified. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| code points to the byte code |
| utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| cd static compile data |
| base_list the data list of the base opcode |
| |
| Returns: TRUE if the auto-possessification is possible |
| */ |
| |
| static BOOL |
| compare_opcodes(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, const compile_data *cd, |
| const pcre_uint32 *base_list, const pcre_uchar *base_end) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar c; |
| pcre_uint32 list[8]; |
| const pcre_uint32 *chr_ptr; |
| const pcre_uint32 *ochr_ptr; |
| const pcre_uint32 *list_ptr; |
| const pcre_uchar *next_code; |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| const pcre_uchar *xclass_flags; |
| #endif |
| const pcre_uint8 *class_bitset; |
| const pcre_uint8 *set1, *set2, *set_end; |
| pcre_uint32 chr; |
| BOOL accepted, invert_bits; |
| BOOL entered_a_group = FALSE; |
| |
| /* Note: the base_list[1] contains whether the current opcode has greedy |
| (represented by a non-zero value) quantifier. This is a different from |
| other character type lists, which stores here that the character iterator |
| matches to an empty string (also represented by a non-zero value). */ |
| |
| for(;;) |
| { |
| /* All operations move the code pointer forward. |
| Therefore infinite recursions are not possible. */ |
| |
| c = *code; |
| |
| /* Skip over callouts */ |
| |
| if (c == OP_CALLOUT) |
| { |
| code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (c == OP_ALT) |
| { |
| do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
| c = *code; |
| } |
| |
| switch(c) |
| { |
| case OP_END: |
| case OP_KETRPOS: |
| /* TRUE only in greedy case. The non-greedy case could be replaced by |
| an OP_EXACT, but it is probably not worth it. (And note that OP_EXACT |
| uses more memory, which we cannot get at this stage.) */ |
| |
| return base_list[1] != 0; |
| |
| case OP_KET: |
| /* If the bracket is capturing, and referenced by an OP_RECURSE, or |
| it is an atomic sub-pattern (assert, once, etc.) the non-greedy case |
| cannot be converted to a possessive form. */ |
| |
| if (base_list[1] == 0) return FALSE; |
| |
| switch(*(code - GET(code, 1))) |
| { |
| case OP_ASSERT: |
| case OP_ASSERT_NOT: |
| case OP_ASSERTBACK: |
| case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: |
| case OP_ONCE: |
| case OP_ONCE_NC: |
| /* Atomic sub-patterns and assertions can always auto-possessify their |
| last iterator. However, if the group was entered as a result of checking |
| a previous iterator, this is not possible. */ |
| |
| return !entered_a_group; |
| } |
| |
| code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
| continue; |
| |
| case OP_ONCE: |
| case OP_ONCE_NC: |
| case OP_BRA: |
| case OP_CBRA: |
| next_code = code + GET(code, 1); |
| code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
| |
| while (*next_code == OP_ALT) |
| { |
| if (!compare_opcodes(code, utf, cd, base_list, base_end)) return FALSE; |
| code = next_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| next_code += GET(next_code, 1); |
| } |
| |
| entered_a_group = TRUE; |
| continue; |
| |
| case OP_BRAZERO: |
| case OP_BRAMINZERO: |
| |
| next_code = code + 1; |
| if (*next_code != OP_BRA && *next_code != OP_CBRA |
| && *next_code != OP_ONCE && *next_code != OP_ONCE_NC) return FALSE; |
| |
| do next_code += GET(next_code, 1); while (*next_code == OP_ALT); |
| |
| /* The bracket content will be checked by the |
| OP_BRA/OP_CBRA case above. */ |
| next_code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| if (!compare_opcodes(next_code, utf, cd, base_list, base_end)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
| continue; |
| |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Check for a supported opcode, and load its properties. */ |
| |
| code = get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list); |
| if (code == NULL) return FALSE; /* Unsupported */ |
| |
| /* If either opcode is a small character list, set pointers for comparing |
| characters from that list with another list, or with a property. */ |
| |
| if (base_list[0] == OP_CHAR) |
| { |
| chr_ptr = base_list + 2; |
| list_ptr = list; |
| } |
| else if (list[0] == OP_CHAR) |
| { |
| chr_ptr = list + 2; |
| list_ptr = base_list; |
| } |
| |
| /* Character bitsets can also be compared to certain opcodes. */ |
| |
| else if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS || list[0] == OP_CLASS |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| /* In 8 bit, non-UTF mode, OP_CLASS and OP_NCLASS are the same. */ |
| || (!utf && (base_list[0] == OP_NCLASS || list[0] == OP_NCLASS)) |
| #endif |
| ) |
| { |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS || (!utf && base_list[0] == OP_NCLASS)) |
| #else |
| if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS) |
| #endif |
| { |
| set1 = (pcre_uint8 *)(base_end - base_list[2]); |
| list_ptr = list; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| set1 = (pcre_uint8 *)(code - list[2]); |
| list_ptr = base_list; |
| } |
| |
| invert_bits = FALSE; |
| switch(list_ptr[0]) |
| { |
| case OP_CLASS: |
| case OP_NCLASS: |
| set2 = (pcre_uint8 *) |
| ((list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2]); |
| break; |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| case OP_XCLASS: |
| xclass_flags = (list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2] + LINK_SIZE; |
| if ((*xclass_flags & XCL_HASPROP) != 0) return FALSE; |
| if ((*xclass_flags & XCL_MAP) == 0) |
| { |
| /* No bits are set for characters < 256. */ |
| if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; |
| /* Might be an empty repeat. */ |
| continue; |
| } |
| set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(xclass_flags + 1); |
| break; |
| #endif |
| |
| case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
| invert_bits = TRUE; |
| /* Fall through */ |
| case OP_DIGIT: |
| set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_digit); |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
| invert_bits = TRUE; |
| /* Fall through */ |
| case OP_WHITESPACE: |
| set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_space); |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
| invert_bits = TRUE; |
| /* Fall through */ |
| case OP_WORDCHAR: |
| set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_word); |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Because the sets are unaligned, we need |
| to perform byte comparison here. */ |
| set_end = set1 + 32; |
| if (invert_bits) |
| { |
| do |
| { |
| if ((*set1++ & ~(*set2++)) != 0) return FALSE; |
| } |
| while (set1 < set_end); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| do |
| { |
| if ((*set1++ & *set2++) != 0) return FALSE; |
| } |
| while (set1 < set_end); |
| } |
| |
| if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; |
| /* Might be an empty repeat. */ |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* Some property combinations also acceptable. Unicode property opcodes are |
| processed specially; the rest can be handled with a lookup table. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| pcre_uint32 leftop, rightop; |
| |
| leftop = base_list[0]; |
| rightop = list[0]; |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| accepted = FALSE; /* Always set in non-unicode case. */ |
| if (leftop == OP_PROP || leftop == OP_NOTPROP) |
| { |
| if (rightop == OP_EOD) |
| accepted = TRUE; |
| else if (rightop == OP_PROP || rightop == OP_NOTPROP) |
| { |
| int n; |
| const pcre_uint8 *p; |
| BOOL same = leftop == rightop; |
| BOOL lisprop = leftop == OP_PROP; |
| BOOL risprop = rightop == OP_PROP; |
| BOOL bothprop = lisprop && risprop; |
| |
| /* There's a table that specifies how each combination is to be |
| processed: |
| 0 Always return FALSE (never auto-possessify) |
| 1 Character groups are distinct (possessify if both are OP_PROP) |
| 2 Check character categories in the same group (general or particular) |
| 3 Return TRUE if the two opcodes are not the same |
| ... see comments below |
| */ |
| |
| n = propposstab[base_list[2]][list[2]]; |
| switch(n) |
| { |
| case 0: break; |
| case 1: accepted = bothprop; break; |
| case 2: accepted = (base_list[3] == list[3]) != same; break; |
| case 3: accepted = !same; break; |
| |
| case 4: /* Left general category, right particular category */ |
| accepted = risprop && catposstab[base_list[3]][list[3]] == same; |
| break; |
| |
| case 5: /* Right general category, left particular category */ |
| accepted = lisprop && catposstab[list[3]][base_list[3]] == same; |
| break; |
| |
| /* This code is logically tricky. Think hard before fiddling with it. |
| The posspropstab table has four entries per row. Each row relates to |
| one of PCRE's special properties such as ALNUM or SPACE or WORD. |
| Only WORD actually needs all four entries, but using repeats for the |
| others means they can all use the same code below. |
| |
| The first two entries in each row are Unicode general categories, and |
| apply always, because all the characters they include are part of the |
| PCRE character set. The third and fourth entries are a general and a |
| particular category, respectively, that include one or more relevant |
| characters. One or the other is used, depending on whether the check |
| is for a general or a particular category. However, in both cases the |
| category contains more characters than the specials that are defined |
| for the property being tested against. Therefore, it cannot be used |
| in a NOTPROP case. |
| |
| Example: the row for WORD contains ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_P, ucp_Po. |
| Underscore is covered by ucp_P or ucp_Po. */ |
| |
| case 6: /* Left alphanum vs right general category */ |
| case 7: /* Left space vs right general category */ |
| case 8: /* Left word vs right general category */ |
| p = posspropstab[n-6]; |
| accepted = risprop && lisprop == |
| (list[3] != p[0] && |
| list[3] != p[1] && |
| (list[3] != p[2] || !lisprop)); |
| break; |
| |
| case 9: /* Right alphanum vs left general category */ |
| case 10: /* Right space vs left general category */ |
| case 11: /* Right word vs left general category */ |
| p = posspropstab[n-9]; |
| accepted = lisprop && risprop == |
| (base_list[3] != p[0] && |
| base_list[3] != p[1] && |
| (base_list[3] != p[2] || !risprop)); |
| break; |
| |
| case 12: /* Left alphanum vs right particular category */ |
| case 13: /* Left space vs right particular category */ |
| case 14: /* Left word vs right particular category */ |
| p = posspropstab[n-12]; |
| accepted = risprop && lisprop == |
| (catposstab[p[0]][list[3]] && |
| catposstab[p[1]][list[3]] && |
| (list[3] != p[3] || !lisprop)); |
| break; |
| |
| case 15: /* Right alphanum vs left particular category */ |
| case 16: /* Right space vs left particular category */ |
| case 17: /* Right word vs left particular category */ |
| p = posspropstab[n-15]; |
| accepted = lisprop && risprop == |
| (catposstab[p[0]][base_list[3]] && |
| catposstab[p[1]][base_list[3]] && |
| (base_list[3] != p[3] || !risprop)); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| else |
| #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
| |
| accepted = leftop >= FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP && leftop <= LAST_AUTOTAB_LEFT_OP && |
| rightop >= FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP && rightop <= LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP && |
| autoposstab[leftop - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP][rightop - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP]; |
| |
| if (!accepted) return FALSE; |
| |
| if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; |
| /* Might be an empty repeat. */ |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* Control reaches here only if one of the items is a small character list. |
| All characters are checked against the other side. */ |
| |
| do |
| { |
| chr = *chr_ptr; |
| |
| switch(list_ptr[0]) |
| { |
| case OP_CHAR: |
| ochr_ptr = list_ptr + 2; |
| do |
| { |
| if (chr == *ochr_ptr) return FALSE; |
| ochr_ptr++; |
| } |
| while(*ochr_ptr != NOTACHAR); |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_NOT: |
| ochr_ptr = list_ptr + 2; |
| do |
| { |
| if (chr == *ochr_ptr) |
| break; |
| ochr_ptr++; |
| } |
| while(*ochr_ptr != NOTACHAR); |
| if (*ochr_ptr == NOTACHAR) return FALSE; /* Not found */ |
| break; |
| |
| /* Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* |
| set. When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */ |
| |
| case OP_DIGIT: |
| if (chr < 256 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_digit) != 0) return FALSE; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
| if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_WHITESPACE: |
| if (chr < 256 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_space) != 0) return FALSE; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
| if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_space) == 0) return FALSE; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_WORDCHAR: |
| if (chr < 255 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_word) != 0) return FALSE; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
| if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_word) == 0) return FALSE; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_HSPACE: |
| switch(chr) |
| { |
| HSPACE_CASES: return FALSE; |
| default: break; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
| switch(chr) |
| { |
| HSPACE_CASES: break; |
| default: return FALSE; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_ANYNL: |
| case OP_VSPACE: |
| switch(chr) |
| { |
| VSPACE_CASES: return FALSE; |
| default: break; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
| switch(chr) |
| { |
| VSPACE_CASES: break; |
| default: return FALSE; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_DOLL: |
| case OP_EODN: |
| switch (chr) |
| { |
| case CHAR_CR: |
| case CHAR_LF: |
| case CHAR_VT: |
| case CHAR_FF: |
| case CHAR_NEL: |
| #ifndef EBCDIC |
| case 0x2028: |
| case 0x2029: |
| #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_EOD: /* Can always possessify before \z */ |
| break; |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| case OP_PROP: |
| case OP_NOTPROP: |
| if (!check_char_prop(chr, list_ptr[2], list_ptr[3], |
| list_ptr[0] == OP_NOTPROP)) |
| return FALSE; |
| break; |
| #endif |
| |
| case OP_NCLASS: |
| if (chr > 255) return FALSE; |
| /* Fall through */ |
| |
| case OP_CLASS: |
| if (chr > 255) break; |
| class_bitset = (pcre_uint8 *) |
| ((list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2]); |
| if ((class_bitset[chr >> 3] & (1 << (chr & 7))) != 0) return FALSE; |
| break; |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| case OP_XCLASS: |
| if (PRIV(xclass)(chr, (list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - |
| list_ptr[2] + LINK_SIZE, utf)) return FALSE; |
| break; |
| #endif |
| |
| default: |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| chr_ptr++; |
| } |
| while(*chr_ptr != NOTACHAR); |
| |
| /* At least one character must be matched from this opcode. */ |
| |
| if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Control never reaches here. There used to be a fail-save return FALSE; here, |
| but some compilers complain about an unreachable statement. */ |
| |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Scan compiled regex for auto-possession * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* Replaces single character iterations with their possessive alternatives |
| if appropriate. This function modifies the compiled opcode! |
| |
| Arguments: |
| code points to start of the byte code |
| utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| cd static compile data |
| |
| Returns: nothing |
| */ |
| |
| static void |
| auto_possessify(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, const compile_data *cd) |
| { |
| register pcre_uchar c; |
| const pcre_uchar *end; |
| pcre_uchar *repeat_opcode; |
| pcre_uint32 list[8]; |
| |
| for (;;) |
| { |
| c = *code; |
| |
| if (c >= OP_STAR && c <= OP_TYPEPOSUPTO) |
| { |
| c -= get_repeat_base(c) - OP_STAR; |
| end = (c <= OP_MINUPTO) ? |
| get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list) : NULL; |
| list[1] = c == OP_STAR || c == OP_PLUS || c == OP_QUERY || c == OP_UPTO; |
| |
| if (end != NULL && compare_opcodes(end, utf, cd, list, end)) |
| { |
| switch(c) |
| { |
| case OP_STAR: |
| *code += OP_POSSTAR - OP_STAR; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_MINSTAR: |
| *code += OP_POSSTAR - OP_MINSTAR; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_PLUS: |
| *code += OP_POSPLUS - OP_PLUS; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_MINPLUS: |
| *code += OP_POSPLUS - OP_MINPLUS; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_QUERY: |
| *code += OP_POSQUERY - OP_QUERY; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_MINQUERY: |
| *code += OP_POSQUERY - OP_MINQUERY; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_UPTO: |
| *code += OP_POSUPTO - OP_UPTO; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_MINUPTO: |
| *code += OP_POSUPTO - OP_MINUPTO; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| c = *code; |
| } |
| else if (c == OP_CLASS || c == OP_NCLASS || c == OP_XCLASS) |
| { |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| if (c == OP_XCLASS) |
| repeat_opcode = code + GET(code, 1); |
| else |
| #endif |
| repeat_opcode = code + 1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)); |
| |
| c = *repeat_opcode; |
| if (c >= OP_CRSTAR && c <= OP_CRMINRANGE) |
| { |
| /* end must not be NULL. */ |
| end = get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list); |
| |
| list[1] = (c & 1) == 0; |
| |
| if (compare_opcodes(end, utf, cd, list, end)) |
| { |
| switch (c) |
| { |
| case OP_CRSTAR: |
| case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
| *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSSTAR; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_CRPLUS: |
| case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
| *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSPLUS; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_CRQUERY: |
| case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
| *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSQUERY; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_CRRANGE: |
| case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
| *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSRANGE; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| c = *code; |
| } |
| |
| switch(c) |
| { |
| case OP_END: |
| return; |
| |
| case OP_TYPESTAR: |
| case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
| case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
| case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
| case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
| case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
| if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
| case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
| case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
| case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
| if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) |
| code += 2; |
| break; |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| case OP_XCLASS: |
| code += GET(code, 1); |
| break; |
| #endif |
| |
| case OP_MARK: |
| case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
| case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
| case OP_THEN_ARG: |
| code += code[1]; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ |
| |
| code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
| |
| /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by |
| a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to |
| arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (utf) switch(c) |
| { |
| case OP_CHAR: |
| case OP_CHARI: |
| case OP_NOT: |
| case OP_NOTI: |
| case OP_STAR: |
| case OP_MINSTAR: |
| case OP_PLUS: |
| case OP_MINPLUS: |
| case OP_QUERY: |
| case OP_MINQUERY: |
| case OP_UPTO: |
| case OP_MINUPTO: |
| case OP_EXACT: |
| case OP_POSSTAR: |
| case OP_POSPLUS: |
| case OP_POSQUERY: |
| case OP_POSUPTO: |
| case OP_STARI: |
| case OP_MINSTARI: |
| case OP_PLUSI: |
| case OP_MINPLUSI: |
| case OP_QUERYI: |
| case OP_MINQUERYI: |
| case OP_UPTOI: |
| case OP_MINUPTOI: |
| case OP_EXACTI: |
| case OP_POSSTARI: |
| case OP_POSPLUSI: |
| case OP_POSQUERYI: |
| case OP_POSUPTOI: |
| case OP_NOTSTAR: |
| case OP_NOTMINSTAR: |
| case OP_NOTPLUS: |
| case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
| case OP_NOTQUERY: |
| case OP_NOTMINQUERY: |
| case OP_NOTUPTO: |
| case OP_NOTMINUPTO: |
| case OP_NOTEXACT: |
| case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: |
| case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
| case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: |
| case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: |
| case OP_NOTSTARI: |
| case OP_NOTMINSTARI: |
| case OP_NOTPLUSI: |
| case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: |
| case OP_NOTQUERYI: |
| case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: |
| case OP_NOTUPTOI: |
| case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: |
| case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: |
| case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: |
| if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); |
| break; |
| } |
| #else |
| (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ |
| #endif |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Check for POSIX class syntax * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is |
| encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a |
| sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we |
| reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE. |
| |
| Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the |
| terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters, |
| though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an |
| "Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE |
| didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:]. |
| |
| The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We |
| have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX |
| class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code |
| below handles the special case of \], but does not try to do any other escape |
| processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as [:l\ower:] |
| where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does not recognize |
| "l\ower". This is a lesser evil than not diagnosing bad classes when Perl does, |
| I think. |
| |
| A user pointed out that PCRE was rejecting [:a[:digit:]] whereas Perl was not. |
| It seems that the appearance of a nested POSIX class supersedes an apparent |
| external class. For example, [:a[:digit:]b:] matches "a", "b", ":", or |
| a digit. |
| |
| In Perl, unescaped square brackets may also appear as part of class names. For |
| example, [:a[:abc]b:] gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b:]". However, for |
| [:a[:abc]b][b:] it gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b][b:]", which does not |
| seem right at all. PCRE does not allow closing square brackets in POSIX class |
| names. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| ptr pointer to the initial [ |
| endptr where to return the end pointer |
| |
| Returns: TRUE or FALSE |
| */ |
| |
| static BOOL |
| check_posix_syntax(const pcre_uchar *ptr, const pcre_uchar **endptr) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar terminator; /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */ |
| terminator = *(++ptr); /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */ |
| for (++ptr; *ptr != CHAR_NULL; ptr++) |
| { |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
| ptr++; |
| else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE; |
| else |
| { |
| if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
| { |
| *endptr = ptr; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
| (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
| ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && |
| check_posix_syntax(ptr, endptr)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Check POSIX class name * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry |
| such as [:alnum:]. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| ptr points to the first letter |
| len the length of the name |
| |
| Returns: a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown |
| */ |
| |
| static int |
| check_posix_name(const pcre_uchar *ptr, int len) |
| { |
| const char *pn = posix_names; |
| register int yield = 0; |
| while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0) |
| { |
| if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] && |
| STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, pn, (unsigned int)len) == 0) return yield; |
| pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1; |
| yield++; |
| } |
| return -1; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group |
| that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed |
| repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to |
| earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is |
| optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is |
| inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE |
| items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to |
| have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it |
| is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with |
| OP_END. |
| |
| This function has been extended with the possibility of forward references for |
| recursions and subroutine calls. It must also check the list of such references |
| for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in |
| the current group is on this list, it adjusts the offset in the list, not the |
| value in the reference (which is a group number). |
| |
| Arguments: |
| group points to the start of the group |
| adjust the amount by which the group is to be moved |
| utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
| save_hwm the hwm forward reference pointer at the start of the group |
| |
| Returns: nothing |
| */ |
| |
| static void |
| adjust_recurse(pcre_uchar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd, |
| pcre_uchar *save_hwm) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar *ptr = group; |
| |
| while ((ptr = (pcre_uchar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf)) != NULL) |
| { |
| int offset; |
| pcre_uchar *hc; |
| |
| /* See if this recursion is on the forward reference list. If so, adjust the |
| reference. */ |
| |
| for (hc = save_hwm; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) |
| { |
| offset = (int)GET(hc, 0); |
| if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1) |
| { |
| PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Otherwise, adjust the recursion offset if it's after the start of this |
| group. */ |
| |
| if (hc >= cd->hwm) |
| { |
| offset = (int)GET(ptr, 1); |
| if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust); |
| } |
| |
| ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Insert an automatic callout point * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert |
| callout points before each pattern item. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| code current code pointer |
| ptr current pattern pointer |
| cd pointers to tables etc |
| |
| Returns: new code pointer |
| */ |
| |
| static pcre_uchar * |
| auto_callout(pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd) |
| { |
| *code++ = OP_CALLOUT; |
| *code++ = 255; |
| PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern)); /* Pattern offset */ |
| PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */ |
| return code + 2 * LINK_SIZE; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Complete a callout item * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which |
| we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used |
| for both automatic and manual callouts. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| previous_callout points to previous callout item |
| ptr current pattern pointer |
| cd pointers to tables etc |
| |
| Returns: nothing |
| */ |
| |
| static void |
| complete_callout(pcre_uchar *previous_callout, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd) |
| { |
| int length = (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2)); |
| PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length); |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| /************************************************* |
| * Get othercase range * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode |
| with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for ranges of |
| characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the |
| start address. A character with multiple other cases is returned on its own |
| with a special return value. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| cptr points to starting character value; updated |
| d end value |
| ocptr where to put start of othercase range |
| odptr where to put end of othercase range |
| |
| Yield: -1 when no more |
| 0 when a range is returned |
| >0 the CASESET offset for char with multiple other cases |
| in this case, ocptr contains the original |
| */ |
| |
| static int |
| get_othercase_range(pcre_uint32 *cptr, pcre_uint32 d, pcre_uint32 *ocptr, |
| pcre_uint32 *odptr) |
| { |
| pcre_uint32 c, othercase, next; |
| unsigned int co; |
| |
| /* Find the first character that has an other case. If it has multiple other |
| cases, return its case offset value. */ |
| |
| for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++) |
| { |
| if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0) |
| { |
| *ocptr = c++; /* Character that has the set */ |
| *cptr = c; /* Rest of input range */ |
| return (int)co; |
| } |
| if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break; |
| } |
| |
| if (c > d) return -1; /* Reached end of range */ |
| |
| /* Found a character that has a single other case. Search for the end of the |
| range, which is either the end of the input range, or a character that has zero |
| or more than one other cases. */ |
| |
| *ocptr = othercase; |
| next = othercase + 1; |
| |
| for (++c; c <= d; c++) |
| { |
| if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0 || UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break; |
| next++; |
| } |
| |
| *odptr = next - 1; /* End of othercase range */ |
| *cptr = c; /* Rest of input range */ |
| return 0; |
| } |
| #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Add a character or range to a class * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function packages up the logic of adding a character or range of |
| characters to a class. The character values in the arguments will be within the |
| valid values for the current mode (8-bit, 16-bit, UTF, etc). This function is |
| mutually recursive with the function immediately below. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| classbits the bit map for characters < 256 |
| uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data |
| options the options word |
| cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
| start start of range character |
| end end of range character |
| |
| Returns: the number of < 256 characters added |
| the pointer to extra data is updated |
| */ |
| |
| static int |
| add_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options, |
| compile_data *cd, pcre_uint32 start, pcre_uint32 end) |
| { |
| pcre_uint32 c; |
| pcre_uint32 classbits_end = (end <= 0xff ? end : 0xff); |
| int n8 = 0; |
| |
| /* If caseless matching is required, scan the range and process alternate |
| cases. In Unicode, there are 8-bit characters that have alternate cases that |
| are greater than 255 and vice-versa. Sometimes we can just extend the original |
| range. */ |
| |
| if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) |
| { |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0) |
| { |
| int rc; |
| pcre_uint32 oc, od; |
| |
| options &= ~PCRE_CASELESS; /* Remove for recursive calls */ |
| c = start; |
| |
| while ((rc = get_othercase_range(&c, end, &oc, &od)) >= 0) |
| { |
| /* Handle a single character that has more than one other case. */ |
| |
| if (rc > 0) n8 += add_list_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, |
| PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + rc, oc); |
| |
| /* Do nothing if the other case range is within the original range. */ |
| |
| else if (oc >= start && od <= end) continue; |
| |
| /* Extend the original range if there is overlap, noting that if oc < c, we |
| can't have od > end because a subrange is always shorter than the basic |
| range. Otherwise, use a recursive call to add the additional range. */ |
| |
| else if (oc < start && od >= start - 1) start = oc; /* Extend downwards */ |
| else if (od > end && oc <= end + 1) end = od; /* Extend upwards */ |
| else n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, oc, od); |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
| |
| /* Not UTF-mode, or no UCP */ |
| |
| for (c = start; c <= classbits_end; c++) |
| { |
| SETBIT(classbits, cd->fcc[c]); |
| n8++; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Now handle the original range. Adjust the final value according to the bit |
| length - this means that the same lists of (e.g.) horizontal spaces can be used |
| in all cases. */ |
| |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) == 0) |
| #endif |
| if (end > 0xff) end = 0xff; |
| |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| if ((options & PCRE_UTF16) == 0) |
| #endif |
| if (end > 0xffff) end = 0xffff; |
| |
| #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16] */ |
| |
| /* Use the bitmap for characters < 256. Otherwise use extra data.*/ |
| |
| for (c = start; c <= classbits_end; c++) |
| { |
| /* Regardless of start, c will always be <= 255. */ |
| SETBIT(classbits, c); |
| n8++; |
| } |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| if (start <= 0xff) start = 0xff + 1; |
| |
| if (end >= start) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar *uchardata = *uchardptr; |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0) /* All UTFs use the same flag bit */ |
| { |
| if (start < end) |
| { |
| *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
| uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata); |
| uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(end, uchardata); |
| } |
| else if (start == end) |
| { |
| *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
| uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata); |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
| |
| /* Without UTF support, character values are constrained by the bit length, |
| and can only be > 256 for 16-bit and 32-bit libraries. */ |
| |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| {} |
| #else |
| if (start < end) |
| { |
| *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
| *uchardata++ = start; |
| *uchardata++ = end; |
| } |
| else if (start == end) |
| { |
| *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
| *uchardata++ = start; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| *uchardptr = uchardata; /* Updata extra data pointer */ |
| } |
| #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF || !COMPILE_PCRE8 */ |
| |
| return n8; /* Number of 8-bit characters */ |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Add a list of characters to a class * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function is used for adding a list of case-equivalent characters to a |
| class, and also for adding a list of horizontal or vertical whitespace. If the |
| list is in order (which it should be), ranges of characters are detected and |
| handled appropriately. This function is mutually recursive with the function |
| above. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| classbits the bit map for characters < 256 |
| uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data |
| options the options word |
| cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
| p points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR |
| except character to omit; this is used when adding lists of |
| case-equivalent characters to avoid including the one we |
| already know about |
| |
| Returns: the number of < 256 characters added |
| the pointer to extra data is updated |
| */ |
| |
| static int |
| add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options, |
| compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p, unsigned int except) |
| { |
| int n8 = 0; |
| while (p[0] < NOTACHAR) |
| { |
| int n = 0; |
| if (p[0] != except) |
| { |
| while(p[n+1] == p[0] + n + 1) n++; |
| n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0], p[n]); |
| } |
| p += n + 1; |
| } |
| return n8; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Add characters not in a list to a class * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function is used for adding the complement of a list of horizontal or |
| vertical whitespace to a class. The list must be in order. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| classbits the bit map for characters < 256 |
| uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data |
| options the options word |
| cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
| p points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR |
| |
| Returns: the number of < 256 characters added |
| the pointer to extra data is updated |
| */ |
| |
| static int |
| add_not_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, |
| int options, compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p) |
| { |
| BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
| int n8 = 0; |
| if (p[0] > 0) |
| n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, 0, p[0] - 1); |
| while (p[0] < NOTACHAR) |
| { |
| while (p[1] == p[0] + 1) p++; |
| n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0] + 1, |
| (p[1] == NOTACHAR) ? (utf ? 0x10ffffu : 0xffffffffu) : p[1] - 1); |
| p++; |
| } |
| return n8; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Compile one branch * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are |
| changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options |
| bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying |
| to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile |
| phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| optionsptr pointer to the option bits |
| codeptr points to the pointer to the current code point |
| ptrptr points to the current pattern pointer |
| errorcodeptr points to error code variable |
| firstcharptr place to put the first required character |
| firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number |
| reqcharptr place to put the last required character |
| reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number |
| bcptr points to current branch chain |
| cond_depth conditional nesting depth |
| cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
| lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase |
| points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase |
| |
| Returns: TRUE on success |
| FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error |
| */ |
| |
| static BOOL |
| compile_branch(int *optionsptr, pcre_uchar **codeptr, |
| const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, |
| pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr, |
| pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr, |
| branch_chain *bcptr, int cond_depth, |
| compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr) |
| { |
| int repeat_type, op_type; |
| int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0; /* To please picky compilers */ |
| int bravalue = 0; |
| int greedy_default, greedy_non_default; |
| pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar; |
| pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags; |
| pcre_uint32 zeroreqchar, zerofirstchar; |
| pcre_int32 zeroreqcharflags, zerofirstcharflags; |
| pcre_int32 req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary; |
| int options = *optionsptr; /* May change dynamically */ |
| int after_manual_callout = 0; |
| int length_prevgroup = 0; |
| register pcre_uint32 c; |
| int escape; |
| register pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr; |
| pcre_uchar *last_code = code; |
| pcre_uchar *orig_code = code; |
| pcre_uchar *tempcode; |
| BOOL inescq = FALSE; |
| BOOL groupsetfirstchar = FALSE; |
| const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; |
| const pcre_uchar *tempptr; |
| const pcre_uchar *nestptr = NULL; |
| pcre_uchar *previous = NULL; |
| pcre_uchar *previous_callout = NULL; |
| pcre_uchar *save_hwm = NULL; |
| pcre_uint8 classbits[32]; |
| |
| /* We can fish out the UTF-8 setting once and for all into a BOOL, but we |
| must not do this for other options (e.g. PCRE_EXTENDED) because they may change |
| dynamically as we process the pattern. */ |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| /* PCRE_UTF[16|32] have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ |
| BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
| #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| pcre_uchar utf_chars[6]; |
| #endif |
| #else |
| BOOL utf = FALSE; |
| #endif |
| |
| /* Helper variables for OP_XCLASS opcode (for characters > 255). We define |
| class_uchardata always so that it can be passed to add_to_class() always, |
| though it will not be used in non-UTF 8-bit cases. This avoids having to supply |
| alternative calls for the different cases. */ |
| |
| pcre_uchar *class_uchardata; |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| BOOL xclass; |
| pcre_uchar *class_uchardata_base; |
| #endif |
| |
| #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
| if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n")); |
| #endif |
| |
| /* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */ |
| |
| greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0); |
| greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1; |
| |
| /* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char |
| matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that |
| matches a non-fixed char first char; reqchar just remains unset if we never |
| find one. |
| |
| When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values |
| to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to |
| zerofirstbyte and zeroreqchar when such a repeat is encountered. The individual |
| item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */ |
| |
| firstchar = reqchar = zerofirstchar = zeroreqchar = 0; |
| firstcharflags = reqcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = zeroreqcharflags = REQ_UNSET; |
| |
| /* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value |
| or zero, according to the current setting of the caseless flag. The |
| REQ_CASELESS leaves the lower 28 bit empty. It is added into the |
| firstchar or reqchar variables to record the case status of the |
| value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */ |
| |
| req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0; |
| |
| /* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */ |
| |
| for (;; ptr++) |
| { |
| BOOL negate_class; |
| BOOL should_flip_negation; |
| BOOL possessive_quantifier; |
| BOOL is_quantifier; |
| BOOL is_recurse; |
| BOOL reset_bracount; |
| int class_has_8bitchar; |
| int class_one_char; |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| BOOL xclass_has_prop; |
| #endif |
| int newoptions; |
| int recno; |
| int refsign; |
| int skipbytes; |
| pcre_uint32 subreqchar, subfirstchar; |
| pcre_int32 subreqcharflags, subfirstcharflags; |
| int terminator; |
| unsigned int mclength; |
| unsigned int tempbracount; |
| pcre_uint32 ec; |
| pcre_uchar mcbuffer[8]; |
| |
| /* Get next character in the pattern */ |
| |
| c = *ptr; |
| |
| /* If we are at the end of a nested substitution, revert to the outer level |
| string. Nesting only happens one level deep. */ |
| |
| if (c == CHAR_NULL && nestptr != NULL) |
| { |
| ptr = nestptr; |
| nestptr = NULL; |
| c = *ptr; |
| } |
| |
| /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the |
| previous cycle of this loop. */ |
| |
| if (lengthptr != NULL) |
| { |
| #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
| if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code; /* High water info */ |
| #endif |
| if (code > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
| WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) /* Check for overrun */ |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR52; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the |
| case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time, |
| the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to |
| allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point. |
| */ |
| |
| if (code < last_code) code = last_code; |
| |
| /* Paranoid check for integer overflow */ |
| |
| if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); |
| DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c (0x%x)\n", *lengthptr, |
| (int)(code - last_code), c, c)); |
| |
| /* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move |
| it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise, |
| if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */ |
| |
| if (previous != NULL) |
| { |
| if (previous > orig_code) |
| { |
| memmove(orig_code, previous, IN_UCHARS(code - previous)); |
| code -= previous - orig_code; |
| previous = orig_code; |
| } |
| } |
| else code = orig_code; |
| |
| /* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length |
| next time round. */ |
| |
| last_code = code; |
| } |
| |
| /* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward |
| reference list. */ |
| |
| else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
| WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR52; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */ |
| |
| if (inescq && c != CHAR_NULL) |
| { |
| if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) |
| { |
| inescq = FALSE; |
| ptr++; |
| continue; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (previous_callout != NULL) |
| { |
| if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */ |
| complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd); |
| previous_callout = NULL; |
| } |
| if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0) |
| { |
| previous_callout = code; |
| code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd); |
| } |
| goto NORMAL_CHAR; |
| } |
| /* Control does not reach here. */ |
| } |
| |
| /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments. We need a loop in order |
| to check for more white space and more comments after a comment. */ |
| |
| if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) |
| { |
| for (;;) |
| { |
| while (MAX_255(c) && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) c = *(++ptr); |
| if (c != CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) break; |
| ptr++; |
| while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL) |
| { |
| if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) /* For non-fixed-length newline cases, */ |
| { /* IS_NEWLINE sets cd->nllen. */ |
| ptr += cd->nllen; |
| break; |
| } |
| ptr++; |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr); |
| #endif |
| } |
| c = *ptr; /* Either NULL or the char after a newline */ |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* See if the next thing is a quantifier. */ |
| |
| is_quantifier = |
| c == CHAR_ASTERISK || c == CHAR_PLUS || c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK || |
| (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1)); |
| |
| /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is a |
| quantifier or when processing a property substitution string in UCP mode. */ |
| |
| if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL && nestptr == NULL && |
| after_manual_callout-- <= 0) |
| { |
| if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */ |
| complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd); |
| previous_callout = NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Create auto callout, except for quantifiers, or while processing property |
| strings that are substituted for \w etc in UCP mode. */ |
| |
| if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier && nestptr == NULL) |
| { |
| previous_callout = code; |
| code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd); |
| } |
| |
| /* Process the next pattern item. */ |
| |
| switch(c) |
| { |
| /* ===================================================================*/ |
| case CHAR_NULL: /* The branch terminates at string end */ |
| case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* or | or ) */ |
| case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS: |
| *firstcharptr = firstchar; |
| *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags; |
| *reqcharptr = reqchar; |
| *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags; |
| *codeptr = code; |
| *ptrptr = ptr; |
| if (lengthptr != NULL) |
| { |
| if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); /* To include callout length */ |
| DPRINTF((">> end branch\n")); |
| } |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| |
| /* ===================================================================*/ |
| /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables |
| the setting of any following char as a first character. */ |
| |
| case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT: |
| previous = NULL; |
| if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0) |
| { |
| if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) |
| zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| *code++ = OP_CIRCM; |
| } |
| else *code++ = OP_CIRC; |
| break; |
| |
| case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN: |
| previous = NULL; |
| *code++ = ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? OP_DOLLM : OP_DOLL; |
| break; |
| |
| /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about |
| repeats. The value of reqchar doesn't change either. */ |
| |
| case CHAR_DOT: |
| if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
| zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; |
| zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
| zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; |
| previous = code; |
| *code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY; |
| break; |
| |
| |
| /* ===================================================================*/ |
| /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a |
| 32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case |
| where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the |
| map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode |
| so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly. |
| |
| If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different |
| opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256, |
| but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells |
| whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not. |
| |
| In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In |
| default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */ |
| |
| case CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET: |
| if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR64; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| goto NORMAL_CHAR; |
| |
| /* In another (POSIX) regex library, the ugly syntax [[:<:]] and [[:>:]] is |
| used for "start of word" and "end of word". As these are otherwise illegal |
| sequences, we don't break anything by recognizing them. They are replaced |
| by \b(?=\w) and \b(?<=\w) respectively. Sequences like [a[:<:]] are |
| erroneous and are handled by the normal code below. */ |
| |
| case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET: |
| if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+1, STRING_WEIRD_STARTWORD, 6) == 0) |
| { |
| nestptr = ptr + 7; |
| ptr = sub_start_of_word - 1; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+1, STRING_WEIRD_ENDWORD, 6) == 0) |
| { |
| nestptr = ptr + 7; |
| ptr = sub_end_of_word - 1; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* Handle a real character class. */ |
| |
| previous = code; |
| |
| /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if |
| they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */ |
| |
| if ((ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
| ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && |
| check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON)? ERR13 : ERR31; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also, |
| if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we |
| skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */ |
| |
| negate_class = FALSE; |
| for (;;) |
| { |
| c = *(++ptr); |
| if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
| { |
| if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E) |
| ptr++; |
| else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr + 1, STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0) |
| ptr += 3; |
| else |
| break; |
| } |
| else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
| negate_class = TRUE; |
| else break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise, |
| an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles |
| that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas |
| [^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */ |
| |
| if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
| (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
| { |
| *code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL; |
| if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
| zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the |
| negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works |
| correctly (they are all included in the class). */ |
| |
| should_flip_negation = FALSE; |
| |
| /* Extended class (xclass) will be used when characters > 255 |
| might match. */ |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| xclass = FALSE; |
| class_uchardata = code + LINK_SIZE + 2; /* For XCLASS items */ |
| class_uchardata_base = class_uchardata; /* Save the start */ |
| #endif |
| |
| /* For optimization purposes, we track some properties of the class: |
| class_has_8bitchar will be non-zero if the class contains at least one < |
| 256 character; class_one_char will be 1 if the class contains just one |
| character; xclass_has_prop will be TRUE if unicode property checks |
| are present in the class. */ |
| |
| class_has_8bitchar = 0; |
| class_one_char = 0; |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| xclass_has_prop = FALSE; |
| #endif |
| |
| /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a |
| temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains fewer than two |
| 8-bit characters because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit |
| map. */ |
| |
| memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8)); |
| |
| /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it |
| means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the |
| loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */ |
| |
| if (c != CHAR_NULL) do |
| { |
| const pcre_uchar *oldptr; |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c)) |
| { /* Braces are required because the */ |
| GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */ |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| /* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any extra |
| data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that |
| contain a zillion > 255 characters no longer overwrite the work space |
| (which is on the stack). We have to remember that there was XCLASS data, |
| however. */ |
| |
| if (lengthptr != NULL && class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) |
| { |
| xclass = TRUE; |
| *lengthptr += (int)(class_uchardata - class_uchardata_base); |
| class_uchardata = class_uchardata_base; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */ |
| |
| if (inescq) |
| { |
| if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) /* If we are at \E */ |
| { |
| inescq = FALSE; /* Reset literal state */ |
| ptr++; /* Skip the 'E' */ |
| continue; /* Carry on with next */ |
| } |
| goto CHECK_RANGE; /* Could be range if \E follows */ |
| } |
| |
| /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the |
| form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is |
| treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions |
| [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl |
| 5.6 and 5.8 do. */ |
| |
| if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
| (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
| ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) |
| { |
| BOOL local_negate = FALSE; |
| int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt; |
| register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits; |
| pcre_uint8 pbits[32]; |
| |
| if (ptr[1] != CHAR_COLON) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR31; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| ptr += 2; |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
| { |
| local_negate = TRUE; |
| should_flip_negation = TRUE; /* Note negative special */ |
| ptr++; |
| } |
| |
| posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, (int)(tempptr - ptr)); |
| if (posix_class < 0) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR30; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to |
| alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with |
| alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */ |
| |
| if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2) |
| posix_class = 0; |
| |
| /* When PCRE_UCP is set, some of the POSIX classes are converted to |
| different escape sequences that use Unicode properties \p or \P. Others |
| that are not available via \p or \P generate XCL_PROP/XCL_NOTPROP |
| directly. */ |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0) |
| { |
| unsigned int ptype = 0; |
| int pc = posix_class + ((local_negate)? POSIX_SUBSIZE/2 : 0); |
| |
| /* The posix_substitutes table specifies which POSIX classes can be |
| converted to \p or \P items. */ |
| |
| if (posix_substitutes[pc] != NULL) |
| { |
| nestptr = tempptr + 1; |
| ptr = posix_substitutes[pc] - 1; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* There are three other classes that generate special property calls |
| that are recognized only in an XCLASS. */ |
| |
| else switch(posix_class) |
| { |
| case PC_GRAPH: |
| ptype = PT_PXGRAPH; |
| /* Fall through */ |
| case PC_PRINT: |
| if (ptype == 0) ptype = PT_PXPRINT; |
| /* Fall through */ |
| case PC_PUNCT: |
| if (ptype == 0) ptype = PT_PXPUNCT; |
| *class_uchardata++ = local_negate? XCL_NOTPROP : XCL_PROP; |
| *class_uchardata++ = ptype; |
| *class_uchardata++ = 0; |
| xclass_has_prop = TRUE; |
| ptr = tempptr + 1; |
| continue; |
| |
| /* For all other POSIX classes, no special action is taken in UCP |
| mode. Fall through to the non_UCP case. */ |
| |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| #endif |
| /* In the non-UCP case, or when UCP makes no difference, we build the |
| bit map for the POSIX class in a chunk of local store because we may be |
| adding and subtracting from it, and we don't want to subtract bits that |
| may be in the main map already. At the end we or the result into the |
| bit map that is being built. */ |
| |
| posix_class *= 3; |
| |
| /* Copy in the first table (always present) */ |
| |
| memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class], |
| 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8)); |
| |
| /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */ |
| |
| taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1]; |
| tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2]; |
| |
| if (taboffset >= 0) |
| { |
| if (tabopt >= 0) |
| for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset]; |
| else |
| for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset]; |
| } |
| |
| /* Now see if we need to remove any special characters. An option |
| value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */ |
| |
| if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt; |
| if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c; |
| else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f; |
| |
| /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is |
| being built and we are done. */ |
| |
| if (local_negate) |
| for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c]; |
| else |
| for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c]; |
| |
| ptr = tempptr + 1; |
| /* Every class contains at least one < 256 character. */ |
| class_has_8bitchar = 1; |
| /* Every class contains at least two characters. */ |
| class_one_char = 2; |
| continue; /* End of POSIX syntax handling */ |
| } |
| |
| /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one |
| of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special |
| case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace. We |
| assume that other escapes have more than one character in them, so |
| speculatively set both class_has_8bitchar and class_one_char bigger |
| than one. Unrecognized escapes fall through and are either treated |
| as literal characters (by default), or are faulted if |
| PCRE_EXTRA is set. */ |
| |
| if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
| { |
| escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, |
| TRUE); |
| if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
| if (escape == 0) c = ec; |
| else if (escape == ESC_b) c = CHAR_BS; /* \b is backspace in a class */ |
| else if (escape == ESC_N) /* \N is not supported in a class */ |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR71; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| else if (escape == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */ |
| { |
| if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
| { |
| ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */ |
| } |
| else inescq = TRUE; |
| continue; |
| } |
| else if (escape == ESC_E) continue; /* Ignore orphan \E */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits; |
| /* Every class contains at least two < 256 characters. */ |
| class_has_8bitchar++; |
| /* Every class contains at least two characters. */ |
| class_one_char += 2; |
| |
| switch (escape) |
| { |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| case ESC_du: /* These are the values given for \d etc */ |
| case ESC_DU: /* when PCRE_UCP is set. We replace the */ |
| case ESC_wu: /* escape sequence with an appropriate \p */ |
| case ESC_WU: /* or \P to test Unicode properties instead */ |
| case ESC_su: /* of the default ASCII testing. */ |
| case ESC_SU: |
| nestptr = ptr; |
| ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */ |
| class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */ |
| continue; |
| #endif |
| case ESC_d: |
| for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit]; |
| continue; |
| |
| case ESC_D: |
| should_flip_negation = TRUE; |
| for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit]; |
| continue; |
| |
| case ESC_w: |
| for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word]; |
| continue; |
| |
| case ESC_W: |
| should_flip_negation = TRUE; |
| for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word]; |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Perl 5.004 onwards omitted VT from \s, but restored it at Perl |
| 5.18. Before PCRE 8.34, we had to preserve the VT bit if it was |
| previously set by something earlier in the character class. |
| Luckily, the value of CHAR_VT is 0x0b in both ASCII and EBCDIC, so |
| we could just adjust the appropriate bit. From PCRE 8.34 we no |
| longer treat \s and \S specially. */ |
| |
| case ESC_s: |
| for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space]; |
| continue; |
| |
| case ESC_S: |
| should_flip_negation = TRUE; |
| for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space]; |
| continue; |
| |
| /* The rest apply in both UCP and non-UCP cases. */ |
| |
| case ESC_h: |
| (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, |
| PRIV(hspace_list), NOTACHAR); |
| continue; |
| |
| case ESC_H: |
| (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, |
| cd, PRIV(hspace_list)); |
| continue; |
| |
| case ESC_v: |
| (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, |
| PRIV(vspace_list), NOTACHAR); |
| continue; |
| |
| case ESC_V: |
| (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, |
| cd, PRIV(vspace_list)); |
| continue; |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| case ESC_p: |
| case ESC_P: |
| { |
| BOOL negated; |
| unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0; |
| if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr)) |
| goto FAILED; |
| *class_uchardata++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)? |
| XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP; |
| *class_uchardata++ = ptype; |
| *class_uchardata++ = pdata; |
| xclass_has_prop = TRUE; |
| class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */ |
| continue; |
| } |
| #endif |
| /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its |
| strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are |
| treated as literals. */ |
| |
| default: |
| if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR7; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo the speculative increase. */ |
| class_one_char -= 2; /* Undo the speculative increase. */ |
| c = *ptr; /* Get the final character and fall through */ |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Fall through if the escape just defined a single character (c >= 0). |
| This may be greater than 256. */ |
| |
| escape = 0; |
| |
| } /* End of backslash handling */ |
| |
| /* A character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However, Perl does |
| not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character at the end is |
| treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences entirely. The |
| code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */ |
| |
| CHECK_RANGE: |
| while (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
| { |
| inescq = FALSE; |
| ptr += 2; |
| } |
| oldptr = ptr; |
| |
| /* Remember if \r or \n were explicitly used */ |
| |
| if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; |
| |
| /* Check for range */ |
| |
| if (!inescq && ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS) |
| { |
| pcre_uint32 d; |
| ptr += 2; |
| while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr += 2; |
| |
| /* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped |
| mode. */ |
| |
| while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q) |
| { |
| ptr += 2; |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) |
| { ptr += 2; continue; } |
| inescq = TRUE; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Minus (hyphen) at the end of a class is treated as a literal, so put |
| back the pointer and jump to handle the character that preceded it. */ |
| |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL || (!inescq && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)) |
| { |
| ptr = oldptr; |
| goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER; |
| } |
| |
| /* Otherwise, we have a potential range; pick up the next character */ |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| if (utf) |
| { /* Braces are required because the */ |
| GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */ |
| } |
| else |
| #endif |
| d = *ptr; /* Not UTF-8 mode */ |
| |
| /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape |
| sequence, but not any of the other escapes. Perl treats a hyphen as a |
| literal in such circumstances. However, in Perl's warning mode, a |
| warning is given, so PCRE now faults it as it is almost certainly a |
| mistake on the user's part. */ |
| |
| if (!inescq) |
| { |
| if (d == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
| { |
| int descape; |
| descape = check_escape(&ptr, &d, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE); |
| if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
| |
| /* 0 means a character was put into d; \b is backspace; any other |
| special causes an error. */ |
| |
| if (descape != 0) |
| { |
| if (descape == ESC_b) d = CHAR_BS; else |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR83; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* A hyphen followed by a POSIX class is treated in the same way. */ |
| |
| else if (d == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
| (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
| ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && |
| check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR83; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize |
| one-character ranges. */ |
| |
| if (d < c) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR8; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| if (d == c) goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */ |
| |
| /* We have found a character range, so single character optimizations |
| cannot be done anymore. Any value greater than 1 indicates that there |
| is more than one character. */ |
| |
| class_one_char = 2; |
| |
| /* Remember an explicit \r or \n, and add the range to the class. */ |
| |
| if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; |
| |
| class_has_8bitchar += |
| add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, d); |
| |
| continue; /* Go get the next char in the class */ |
| } |
| |
| /* Handle a single character - we can get here for a normal non-escape |
| char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an apparent |
| range that isn't. Only the value 1 matters for class_one_char, so don't |
| increase it if it is already 2 or more ... just in case there's a class |
| with a zillion characters in it. */ |
| |
| CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER: |
| if (class_one_char < 2) class_one_char++; |
| |
| /* If class_one_char is 1, we have the first single character in the |
| class, and there have been no prior ranges, or XCLASS items generated by |
| escapes. If this is the final character in the class, we can optimize by |
| turning the item into a 1-character OP_CHAR[I] if it's positive, or |
| OP_NOT[I] if it's negative. In the positive case, it can cause firstchar |
| to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if this item is first, |
| whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of reqchar, save the |
| previous value for reinstating. */ |
| |
| if (!inescq && class_one_char == 1 && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
| { |
| ptr++; |
| zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
| zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; |
| |
| if (negate_class) |
| { |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| int d; |
| #endif |
| if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
| zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; |
| |
| /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check |
| whether this character has more than one other case. If so, generate |
| a special OP_NOTPROP item instead of OP_NOTI. */ |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && |
| (d = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0) |
| { |
| *code++ = OP_NOTPROP; |
| *code++ = PT_CLIST; |
| *code++ = d; |
| } |
| else |
| #endif |
| /* Char has only one other case, or UCP not available */ |
| |
| { |
| *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_NOTI: OP_NOT; |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) |
| code += PRIV(ord2utf)(c, code); |
| else |
| #endif |
| *code++ = c; |
| } |
| |
| /* We are finished with this character class */ |
| |
| goto END_CLASS; |
| } |
| |
| /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and |
| then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */ |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) |
| mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer); |
| else |
| #endif |
| { |
| mcbuffer[0] = c; |
| mclength = 1; |
| } |
| goto ONE_CHAR; |
| } /* End of 1-char optimization */ |
| |
| /* There is more than one character in the class, or an XCLASS item |
| has been generated. Add this character to the class. */ |
| |
| class_has_8bitchar += |
| add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, c); |
| } |
| |
| /* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" far above. |
| If we are at the end of an internal nested string, revert to the outer |
| string. */ |
| |
| while (((c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL || |
| (nestptr != NULL && |
| (ptr = nestptr, nestptr = NULL, c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL)) && |
| (c != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || inescq)); |
| |
| /* Check for missing terminating ']' */ |
| |
| if (c == CHAR_NULL) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR6; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| /* We will need an XCLASS if data has been placed in class_uchardata. In |
| the second phase this is a sufficient test. However, in the pre-compile |
| phase, class_uchardata gets emptied to prevent workspace overflow, so it |
| only if the very last character in the class needs XCLASS will it contain |
| anything at this point. For this reason, xclass gets set TRUE above when |
| uchar_classdata is emptied, and that's why this code is the way it is here |
| instead of just doing a test on class_uchardata below. */ |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| if (class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) xclass = TRUE; |
| #endif |
| |
| /* If this is the first thing in the branch, there can be no first char |
| setting, whatever the repeat count. Any reqchar setting must remain |
| unchanged after any kind of repeat. */ |
| |
| if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
| zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; |
| zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
| zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; |
| |
| /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an |
| extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special |
| such as \S in the class, and PCRE_UCP is not set, because in that case all |
| characters > 255 are in the class, so any that were explicitly given as |
| well can be ignored. If (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must |
| be listed) there are no characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the |
| actual compiled code. */ |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| if (xclass && (!should_flip_negation || (options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)) |
| #elif !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| if (xclass && !should_flip_negation) |
| #endif |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| { |
| *class_uchardata++ = XCL_END; /* Marks the end of extra data */ |
| *code++ = OP_XCLASS; |
| code += LINK_SIZE; |
| *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT:0; |
| if (xclass_has_prop) *code |= XCL_HASPROP; |
| |
| /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it; |
| otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */ |
| |
| if (class_has_8bitchar > 0) |
| { |
| *code++ |= XCL_MAP; |
| memmove(code + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)), code, |
| IN_UCHARS(class_uchardata - code)); |
| if (negate_class && !xclass_has_prop) |
| for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c]; |
| memcpy(code, classbits, 32); |
| code = class_uchardata + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)); |
| } |
| else code = class_uchardata; |
| |
| /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */ |
| |
| PUT(previous, 1, (int)(code - previous)); |
| break; /* End of class handling */ |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* If there are no characters > 255, or they are all to be included or |
| excluded, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the |
| whole class was negated and whether there were negative specials such as \S |
| (non-UCP) in the class. Then copy the 32-byte map into the code vector, |
| negating it if necessary. */ |
| |
| *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS; |
| if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */ |
| { |
| if (negate_class) |
| for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c]; |
| memcpy(code, classbits, 32); |
| } |
| code += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); |
| |
| END_CLASS: |
| break; |
| |
| |
| /* ===================================================================*/ |
| /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this |
| has been tested above. */ |
| |
| case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET: |
| if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR; |
| ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr); |
| if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
| goto REPEAT; |
| |
| case CHAR_ASTERISK: |
| repeat_min = 0; |
| repeat_max = -1; |
| goto REPEAT; |
| |
| case CHAR_PLUS: |
| repeat_min = 1; |
| repeat_max = -1; |
| goto REPEAT; |
| |
| case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK: |
| repeat_min = 0; |
| repeat_max = 1; |
| |
| REPEAT: |
| if (previous == NULL) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR9; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| if (repeat_min == 0) |
| { |
| firstchar = zerofirstchar; /* Adjust for zero repeat */ |
| firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags; |
| reqchar = zeroreqchar; /* Ditto */ |
| reqcharflags = zeroreqcharflags; |
| } |
| |
| /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */ |
| |
| reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY; |
| |
| op_type = 0; /* Default single-char op codes */ |
| possessive_quantifier = FALSE; /* Default not possessive quantifier */ |
| |
| /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up in order to |
| insert something before it. */ |
| |
| tempcode = previous; |
| |
| /* Before checking for a possessive quantifier, we must skip over |
| whitespace and comments in extended mode because Perl allows white space at |
| this point. */ |
| |
| if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) |
| { |
| const pcre_uchar *p = ptr + 1; |
| for (;;) |
| { |
| while (MAX_255(*p) && (cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_space) != 0) p++; |
| if (*p != CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) break; |
| p++; |
| while (*p != CHAR_NULL) |
| { |
| if (IS_NEWLINE(p)) /* For non-fixed-length newline cases, */ |
| { /* IS_NEWLINE sets cd->nllen. */ |
| p += cd->nllen; |
| break; |
| } |
| p++; |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(p); |
| #endif |
| } /* Loop for comment characters */ |
| } /* Loop for multiple comments */ |
| ptr = p - 1; /* Character before the next significant one. */ |
| } |
| |
| /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This |
| implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option. |
| If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default, |
| but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the |
| repeat type to the non-default. */ |
| |
| if (ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) |
| { |
| repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */ |
| possessive_quantifier = TRUE; |
| ptr++; |
| } |
| else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
| { |
| repeat_type = greedy_non_default; |
| ptr++; |
| } |
| else repeat_type = greedy_default; |
| |
| /* If previous was a recursion call, wrap it in atomic brackets so that |
| previous becomes the atomic group. All recursions were so wrapped in the |
| past, but it no longer happens for non-repeated recursions. In fact, the |
| repeated ones could be re-implemented independently so as not to need this, |
| but for the moment we rely on the code for repeating groups. */ |
| |
| if (*previous == OP_RECURSE) |
| { |
| memmove(previous + 1 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(1 + LINK_SIZE)); |
| *previous = OP_ONCE; |
| PUT(previous, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE); |
| previous[2 + 2*LINK_SIZE] = OP_KET; |
| PUT(previous, 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE); |
| code += 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE; |
| length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE; |
| |
| /* When actually compiling, we need to check whether this was a forward |
| reference, and if so, adjust the offset. */ |
| |
| if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + LINK_SIZE) |
| { |
| int offset = GET(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE); |
| if (offset == previous + 1 - cd->start_code) |
| PUT(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE, offset + 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Now handle repetition for the different types of item. */ |
| |
| /* If previous was a character or negated character match, abolish the item |
| and generate a repeat item instead. If a char item has a minimum of more |
| than one, ensure that it is set in reqchar - it might not be if a sequence |
| such as x{3} is the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone |
| into firstchar instead. */ |
| |
| if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARI |
| || *previous == OP_NOT || *previous == OP_NOTI) |
| { |
| switch (*previous) |
| { |
| default: /* Make compiler happy. */ |
| case OP_CHAR: op_type = OP_STAR - OP_STAR; break; |
| case OP_CHARI: op_type = OP_STARI - OP_STAR; break; |
| case OP_NOT: op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR; break; |
| case OP_NOTI: op_type = OP_NOTSTARI - OP_STAR; break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Deal with UTF characters that take up more than one character. It's |
| easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to |
| hold the length of the character in bytes, plus UTF_LENGTH to flag that |
| it's a length rather than a small character. */ |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (utf && NOT_FIRSTCHAR(code[-1])) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar *lastchar = code - 1; |
| BACKCHAR(lastchar); |
| c = (int)(code - lastchar); /* Length of UTF-8 character */ |
| memcpy(utf_chars, lastchar, IN_UCHARS(c)); /* Save the char */ |
| c |= UTF_LENGTH; /* Flag c as a length */ |
| } |
| else |
| #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
| |
| /* Handle the case of a single charater - either with no UTF support, or |
| with UTF disabled, or for a single character UTF character. */ |
| { |
| c = code[-1]; |
| if (*previous <= OP_CHARI && repeat_min > 1) |
| { |
| reqchar = c; |
| reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT; /* Code shared with single character types */ |
| } |
| |
| /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and |
| create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character |
| repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note |
| the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is |
| defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just |
| makes it horribly messy. */ |
| |
| else if (*previous < OP_EODN) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar *oldcode; |
| int prop_type, prop_value; |
| op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR; /* Use type opcodes */ |
| c = *previous; |
| |
| OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT: |
| if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP) |
| { |
| prop_type = previous[1]; |
| prop_value = previous[2]; |
| } |
| else prop_type = prop_value = -1; |
| |
| oldcode = code; |
| code = previous; /* Usually overwrite previous item */ |
| |
| /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows |
| this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */ |
| |
| if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT; |
| |
| /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */ |
| |
| repeat_type += op_type; |
| |
| /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as |
| an UPTO, with the maximum given. */ |
| |
| if (repeat_min == 0) |
| { |
| if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type; |
| else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type; |
| else |
| { |
| *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; |
| PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the |
| maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is |
| left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with |
| one less than the maximum. */ |
| |
| else if (repeat_min == 1) |
| { |
| if (repeat_max == -1) |
| *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type; |
| else |
| { |
| code = oldcode; /* leave previous item in place */ |
| if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT; |
| *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; |
| PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is |
| handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type; /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */ |
| PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min); |
| |
| /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so, |
| we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated |
| Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the |
| required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in |
| c, with the UTF_LENGTH bit as a flag. */ |
| |
| if (repeat_max < 0) |
| { |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) |
| { |
| memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); |
| code += c & 7; |
| } |
| else |
| #endif |
| { |
| *code++ = c; |
| if (prop_type >= 0) |
| { |
| *code++ = prop_type; |
| *code++ = prop_value; |
| } |
| } |
| *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type; |
| } |
| |
| /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again |
| preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the |
| UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */ |
| |
| else if (repeat_max != repeat_min) |
| { |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) |
| { |
| memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); |
| code += c & 7; |
| } |
| else |
| #endif |
| *code++ = c; |
| if (prop_type >= 0) |
| { |
| *code++ = prop_type; |
| *code++ = prop_value; |
| } |
| repeat_max -= repeat_min; |
| |
| if (repeat_max == 1) |
| { |
| *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; |
| PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */ |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) |
| { |
| memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); |
| code += c & 7; |
| } |
| else |
| #endif |
| *code++ = c; |
| |
| /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that |
| define the required property. */ |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| if (prop_type >= 0) |
| { |
| *code++ = prop_type; |
| *code++ = prop_value; |
| } |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat |
| stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */ |
| |
| else if (*previous == OP_CLASS || *previous == OP_NCLASS || |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| *previous == OP_XCLASS || |
| #endif |
| *previous == OP_REF || *previous == OP_REFI || |
| *previous == OP_DNREF || *previous == OP_DNREFI) |
| { |
| if (repeat_max == 0) |
| { |
| code = previous; |
| goto END_REPEAT; |
| } |
| |
| if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1) |
| *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type; |
| else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1) |
| *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type; |
| else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1) |
| *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type; |
| else |
| { |
| *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type; |
| PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min); |
| if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0; /* 2-byte encoding for max */ |
| PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain |
| cases. Note that at this point we can encounter only the "basic" bracket |
| opcodes such as BRA and CBRA, as this is the place where they get converted |
| into the more special varieties such as BRAPOS and SBRA. A test for >= |
| OP_ASSERT and <= OP_COND includes ASSERT, ASSERT_NOT, ASSERTBACK, |
| ASSERTBACK_NOT, ONCE, ONCE_NC, BRA, BRAPOS, CBRA, CBRAPOS, and COND. |
| Originally, PCRE did not allow repetition of assertions, but now it does, |
| for Perl compatibility. */ |
| |
| else if (*previous >= OP_ASSERT && *previous <= OP_COND) |
| { |
| register int i; |
| int len = (int)(code - previous); |
| pcre_uchar *bralink = NULL; |
| pcre_uchar *brazeroptr = NULL; |
| |
| /* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless, but Perl allows the syntax, so |
| we just ignore the repeat. */ |
| |
| if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF) |
| goto END_REPEAT; |
| |
| /* There is no sense in actually repeating assertions. The only potential |
| use of repetition is in cases when the assertion is optional. Therefore, |
| if the minimum is greater than zero, just ignore the repeat. If the |
| maximum is not zero or one, set it to 1. */ |
| |
| if (*previous < OP_ONCE) /* Assertion */ |
| { |
| if (repeat_min > 0) goto END_REPEAT; |
| if (repeat_max < 0 || repeat_max > 1) repeat_max = 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick |
| OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the |
| data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For |
| this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise |
| the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the |
| minimum is zero. */ |
| |
| if (repeat_min == 0) |
| { |
| /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the |
| output altogether, like this: |
| |
| ** if (repeat_max == 0) |
| ** { |
| ** code = previous; |
| ** goto END_REPEAT; |
| ** } |
| |
| However, that fails when a group or a subgroup within it is referenced |
| as a subroutine from elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in |
| OP_SKIPZERO in front of it so that it is skipped on execution. As we |
| don't have a list of which groups are referenced, we cannot do this |
| selectively. |
| |
| If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO |
| and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any |
| OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any |
| internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the |
| start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing |
| this. */ |
| |
| if (repeat_max <= 1) /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */ |
| { |
| *code = OP_END; |
| adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf, cd, save_hwm); |
| memmove(previous + 1, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
| code++; |
| if (repeat_max == 0) |
| { |
| *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO; |
| goto END_REPEAT; |
| } |
| brazeroptr = previous; /* Save for possessive optimizing */ |
| *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; |
| } |
| |
| /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate |
| in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets. |
| The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original |
| copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code |
| that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to |
| adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once |
| again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| int offset; |
| *code = OP_END; |
| adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm); |
| memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
| code += 2 + LINK_SIZE; |
| *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; |
| *previous++ = OP_BRA; |
| |
| /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be |
| filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */ |
| |
| offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(previous - bralink); |
| bralink = previous; |
| PUTINC(previous, 0, offset); |
| } |
| |
| repeat_max--; |
| } |
| |
| /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many |
| times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent |
| copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't |
| set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any |
| forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on |
| the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| if (repeat_min > 1) |
| { |
| /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We |
| just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for |
| potential integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is a 64-bit |
| integer type when available, otherwise double. */ |
| |
| if (lengthptr != NULL) |
| { |
| int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup; |
| if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(repeat_min - 1)* |
| (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)length_prevgroup > |
| (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX || |
| OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| *lengthptr += delta; |
| } |
| |
| /* This is compiling for real. If there is a set first byte for |
| the group, and we have not yet set a "required byte", set it. Make |
| sure there is enough workspace for copying forward references before |
| doing the copy. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| if (groupsetfirstchar && reqcharflags < 0) |
| { |
| reqchar = firstchar; |
| reqcharflags = firstcharflags; |
| } |
| |
| for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar *hc; |
| pcre_uchar *this_hwm = cd->hwm; |
| memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
| |
| while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
| WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm)) |
| { |
| size_t save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
| size_t this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
| *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); |
| if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
| save_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset; |
| this_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset; |
| } |
| |
| for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) |
| { |
| PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len); |
| cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE; |
| } |
| save_hwm = this_hwm; |
| code += len; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min; |
| } |
| |
| /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If |
| the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion, |
| remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum, |
| the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies |
| the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to |
| replicate entries on the forward reference list. */ |
| |
| if (repeat_max >= 0) |
| { |
| /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We |
| just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1 |
| to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must |
| add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some |
| paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is |
| a 64-bit integer type when available, otherwise double. */ |
| |
| if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0) |
| { |
| int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) - |
| 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; /* Last one doesn't nest */ |
| if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)repeat_max * |
| (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) |
| > (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX || |
| OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| *lengthptr += delta; |
| } |
| |
| /* This is compiling for real */ |
| |
| else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar *hc; |
| pcre_uchar *this_hwm = cd->hwm; |
| |
| *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; |
| |
| /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the |
| chain of brackets outstanding. */ |
| |
| if (i != 0) |
| { |
| int offset; |
| *code++ = OP_BRA; |
| offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(code - bralink); |
| bralink = code; |
| PUTINC(code, 0, offset); |
| } |
| |
| memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
| |
| /* Ensure there is enough workspace for forward references before |
| copying them. */ |
| |
| while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
| WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm)) |
| { |
| size_t save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
| size_t this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
| *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); |
| if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
| save_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset; |
| this_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset; |
| } |
| |
| for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) |
| { |
| PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1)); |
| cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE; |
| } |
| save_hwm = this_hwm; |
| code += len; |
| } |
| |
| /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length |
| fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */ |
| |
| while (bralink != NULL) |
| { |
| int oldlinkoffset; |
| int offset = (int)(code - bralink + 1); |
| pcre_uchar *bra = code - offset; |
| oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1); |
| bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset; |
| *code++ = OP_KET; |
| PUTINC(code, 0, offset); |
| PUT(bra, 1, offset); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. For |
| ONCE brackets, that's all we need to do. However, possessively repeated |
| ONCE brackets can be converted into non-capturing brackets, as the |
| behaviour of (?:xx)++ is the same as (?>xx)++ and this saves having to |
| deal with possessive ONCEs specially. |
| |
| Otherwise, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see |
| whether this group is one that could match an empty string. If so, |
| convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so |
| that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to ONCE |
| groups at runtime, but in a different way.] |
| |
| Then, if the quantifier was possessive and the bracket is not a |
| conditional, we convert the BRA code to the POS form, and the KET code to |
| KETRPOS. (It turns out to be convenient at runtime to detect this kind of |
| subpattern at both the start and at the end.) The use of special opcodes |
| makes it possible to reduce greatly the stack usage in pcre_exec(). If |
| the group is preceded by OP_BRAZERO, convert this to OP_BRAPOSZERO. |
| |
| Then, if the minimum number of matches is 1 or 0, cancel the possessive |
| flag so that the default action below, of wrapping everything inside |
| atomic brackets, does not happen. When the minimum is greater than 1, |
| there will be earlier copies of the group, and so we still have to wrap |
| the whole thing. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| pcre_uchar *ketcode = code - 1 - LINK_SIZE; |
| pcre_uchar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1); |
| |
| /* Convert possessive ONCE brackets to non-capturing */ |
| |
| if ((*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) && |
| possessive_quantifier) *bracode = OP_BRA; |
| |
| /* For non-possessive ONCE brackets, all we need to do is to |
| set the KET. */ |
| |
| if (*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) |
| *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type; |
| |
| /* Handle non-ONCE brackets and possessive ONCEs (which have been |
| converted to non-capturing above). */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| /* In the compile phase, check for empty string matching. */ |
| |
| if (lengthptr == NULL) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar *scode = bracode; |
| do |
| { |
| if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf, cd, NULL)) |
| { |
| *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA; |
| break; |
| } |
| scode += GET(scode, 1); |
| } |
| while (*scode == OP_ALT); |
| } |
| |
| /* Handle possessive quantifiers. */ |
| |
| if (possessive_quantifier) |
| { |
| /* For COND brackets, we wrap the whole thing in a possessively |
| repeated non-capturing bracket, because we have not invented POS |
| versions of the COND opcodes. Because we are moving code along, we |
| must ensure that any pending recursive references are updated. */ |
| |
| if (*bracode == OP_COND || *bracode == OP_SCOND) |
| { |
| int nlen = (int)(code - bracode); |
| *code = OP_END; |
| adjust_recurse(bracode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm); |
| memmove(bracode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, bracode, IN_UCHARS(nlen)); |
| code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| nlen += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| *bracode = OP_BRAPOS; |
| *code++ = OP_KETRPOS; |
| PUTINC(code, 0, nlen); |
| PUT(bracode, 1, nlen); |
| } |
| |
| /* For non-COND brackets, we modify the BRA code and use KETRPOS. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| *bracode += 1; /* Switch to xxxPOS opcodes */ |
| *ketcode = OP_KETRPOS; |
| } |
| |
| /* If the minimum is zero, mark it as possessive, then unset the |
| possessive flag when the minimum is 0 or 1. */ |
| |
| if (brazeroptr != NULL) *brazeroptr = OP_BRAPOSZERO; |
| if (repeat_min < 2) possessive_quantifier = FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Non-possessive quantifier */ |
| |
| else *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in |
| JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is |
| by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat" |
| error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */ |
| |
| else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT; |
| |
| /* Else there's some kind of shambles */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR11; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| /* If the character following a repeat is '+', possessive_quantifier is |
| TRUE. For some opcodes, there are special alternative opcodes for this |
| case. For anything else, we wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE |
| brackets. Logically, the '+' notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from |
| Sun's Java package, but the special opcodes can optimize it. |
| |
| Some (but not all) possessively repeated subpatterns have already been |
| completely handled in the code just above. For them, possessive_quantifier |
| is always FALSE at this stage. Note that the repeated item starts at |
| tempcode, not at previous, which might be the first part of a string whose |
| (former) last char we repeated. */ |
| |
| if (possessive_quantifier) |
| { |
| int len; |
| |
| /* Possessifying an EXACT quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it. |
| However, QUERY, STAR, or UPTO may follow (for quantifiers such as {5,6}, |
| {5,}, or {5,10}). We skip over an EXACT item; if the length of what |
| remains is greater than zero, there's a further opcode that can be |
| handled. If not, do nothing, leaving the EXACT alone. */ |
| |
| switch(*tempcode) |
| { |
| case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
| tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode] + |
| ((tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP |
| || tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)? 2 : 0); |
| break; |
| |
| /* CHAR opcodes are used for exacts whose count is 1. */ |
| |
| case OP_CHAR: |
| case OP_CHARI: |
| case OP_NOT: |
| case OP_NOTI: |
| case OP_EXACT: |
| case OP_EXACTI: |
| case OP_NOTEXACT: |
| case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
| tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode]; |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1])) |
| tempcode += GET_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]); |
| #endif |
| break; |
| |
| /* For the class opcodes, the repeat operator appears at the end; |
| adjust tempcode to point to it. */ |
| |
| case OP_CLASS: |
| case OP_NCLASS: |
| tempcode += 1 + 32/sizeof(pcre_uchar); |
| break; |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| case OP_XCLASS: |
| tempcode += GET(tempcode, 1); |
| break; |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| /* If tempcode is equal to code (which points to the end of the repeated |
| item), it means we have skipped an EXACT item but there is no following |
| QUERY, STAR, or UPTO; the value of len will be 0, and we do nothing. In |
| all other cases, tempcode will be pointing to the repeat opcode, and will |
| be less than code, so the value of len will be greater than 0. */ |
| |
| len = (int)(code - tempcode); |
| if (len > 0) |
| { |
| unsigned int repcode = *tempcode; |
| |
| /* There is a table for possessifying opcodes, all of which are less |
| than OP_CALLOUT. A zero entry means there is no possessified version. |
| */ |
| |
| if (repcode < OP_CALLOUT && opcode_possessify[repcode] > 0) |
| *tempcode = opcode_possessify[repcode]; |
| |
| /* For opcode without a special possessified version, wrap the item in |
| ONCE brackets. Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any |
| pending recursive references are updated. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| *code = OP_END; |
| adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm); |
| memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
| code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| len += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE; |
| *code++ = OP_KET; |
| PUTINC(code, 0, len); |
| PUT(tempcode, 1, len); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| #ifdef NEVER |
| if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode) |
| { |
| case OP_STAR: *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break; |
| case OP_PLUS: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break; |
| case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break; |
| case OP_UPTO: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break; |
| |
| case OP_STARI: *tempcode = OP_POSSTARI; break; |
| case OP_PLUSI: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUSI; break; |
| case OP_QUERYI: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERYI; break; |
| case OP_UPTOI: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTOI; break; |
| |
| case OP_NOTSTAR: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break; |
| case OP_NOTPLUS: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break; |
| case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break; |
| case OP_NOTUPTO: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break; |
| |
| case OP_NOTSTARI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTARI; break; |
| case OP_NOTPLUSI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUSI; break; |
| case OP_NOTQUERYI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERYI; break; |
| case OP_NOTUPTOI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTOI; break; |
| |
| case OP_TYPESTAR: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break; |
| case OP_TYPEPLUS: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break; |
| case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break; |
| case OP_TYPEUPTO: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break; |
| |
| case OP_CRSTAR: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSSTAR; break; |
| case OP_CRPLUS: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSPLUS; break; |
| case OP_CRQUERY: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSQUERY; break; |
| case OP_CRRANGE: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSRANGE; break; |
| |
| /* Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any |
| pending recursive references are updated. */ |
| |
| default: |
| *code = OP_END; |
| adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm); |
| memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
| code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| len += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE; |
| *code++ = OP_KET; |
| PUTINC(code, 0, len); |
| PUT(tempcode, 1, len); |
| break; |
| } |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the |
| "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqchars if |
| it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */ |
| |
| END_REPEAT: |
| previous = NULL; |
| cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary; |
| break; |
| |
| |
| /* ===================================================================*/ |
| /* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or |
| lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended |
| parenthesis forms. */ |
| |
| case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS: |
| newoptions = options; |
| skipbytes = 0; |
| bravalue = OP_CBRA; |
| save_hwm = cd->hwm; |
| reset_bracount = FALSE; |
| |
| /* First deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */ |
| |
| ptr++; |
| if (ptr[0] == CHAR_ASTERISK && (ptr[1] == ':' |
| || (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0)))) |
| { |
| int i, namelen; |
| int arglen = 0; |
| const char *vn = verbnames; |
| const pcre_uchar *name = ptr + 1; |
| const pcre_uchar *arg = NULL; |
| previous = NULL; |
| ptr++; |
| while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) ptr++; |
| namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
| |
| /* It appears that Perl allows any characters whatsoever, other than |
| a closing parenthesis, to appear in arguments, so we no longer insist on |
| letters, digits, and underscores. */ |
| |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON) |
| { |
| arg = ++ptr; |
| while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; |
| arglen = (int)(ptr - arg); |
| if ((unsigned int)arglen > MAX_MARK) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR75; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR60; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| /* Scan the table of verb names */ |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++) |
| { |
| if (namelen == verbs[i].len && |
| STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, vn, namelen) == 0) |
| { |
| int setverb; |
| |
| /* Check for open captures before ACCEPT and convert it to |
| ASSERT_ACCEPT if in an assertion. */ |
| |
| if (verbs[i].op == OP_ACCEPT) |
| { |
| open_capitem *oc; |
| if (arglen != 0) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR59; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| cd->had_accept = TRUE; |
| for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) |
| { |
| *code++ = OP_CLOSE; |
| PUT2INC(code, 0, oc->number); |
| } |
| setverb = *code++ = |
| (cd->assert_depth > 0)? OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT : OP_ACCEPT; |
| |
| /* Do not set firstchar after *ACCEPT */ |
| if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Handle other cases with/without an argument */ |
| |
| else if (arglen == 0) |
| { |
| if (verbs[i].op < 0) /* Argument is mandatory */ |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR66; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op; |
| } |
| |
| else |
| { |
| if (verbs[i].op_arg < 0) /* Argument is forbidden */ |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR59; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op_arg; |
| *code++ = arglen; |
| memcpy(code, arg, IN_UCHARS(arglen)); |
| code += arglen; |
| *code++ = 0; |
| } |
| |
| switch (setverb) |
| { |
| case OP_THEN: |
| case OP_THEN_ARG: |
| cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASTHEN; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_PRUNE: |
| case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
| case OP_SKIP: |
| case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
| cd->had_pruneorskip = TRUE; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| break; /* Found verb, exit loop */ |
| } |
| |
| vn += verbs[i].len + 1; |
| } |
| |
| if (i < verbcount) continue; /* Successfully handled a verb */ |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR60; /* Verb not recognized */ |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| /* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the |
| appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */ |
| |
| else if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
| { |
| int i, set, unset, namelen; |
| int *optset; |
| const pcre_uchar *name; |
| pcre_uchar *slot; |
| |
| switch (*(++ptr)) |
| { |
| case CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN: /* Comment; skip to ket */ |
| ptr++; |
| while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR18; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| continue; |
| |
| |
| /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* Reset capture count for each branch */ |
| reset_bracount = TRUE; |
| /* Fall through */ |
| |
| /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| case CHAR_COLON: /* Non-capturing bracket */ |
| bravalue = OP_BRA; |
| ptr++; |
| break; |
| |
| |
| /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS: |
| bravalue = OP_COND; /* Conditional group */ |
| tempptr = ptr; |
| |
| /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered |
| group's having been set), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R', |
| referring to recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted for |
| recursion tests. |
| |
| There are ways of testing a named group: (?(name)) is used by Python; |
| Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?(<name>) or (?('name')). |
| |
| There is one unfortunate ambiguity, caused by history. 'R' can be the |
| recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed by |
| digits). We look for a name first; if not found, we try the other case. |
| |
| For compatibility with auto-callouts, we allow a callout to be |
| specified before a condition that is an assertion. First, check for the |
| syntax of a callout; if found, adjust the temporary pointer that is |
| used to check for an assertion condition. That's all that is needed! */ |
| |
| if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && ptr[2] == CHAR_C) |
| { |
| for (i = 3;; i++) if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[i])) break; |
| if (ptr[i] == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
| tempptr += i + 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit |
| the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups, |
| including assertions, are processed. */ |
| |
| if (tempptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && |
| (tempptr[2] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN || |
| tempptr[2] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK || |
| tempptr[2] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)) |
| break; |
| |
| /* Other conditions use OP_CREF/OP_DNCREF/OP_RREF/OP_DNRREF, and all |
| need to skip at least 1+IMM2_SIZE bytes at the start of the group. */ |
| |
| code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF; |
| skipbytes = 1+IMM2_SIZE; |
| refsign = -1; /* => not a number */ |
| namelen = -1; /* => not a name; must set to avoid warning */ |
| name = NULL; /* Always set to avoid warning */ |
| recno = 0; /* Always set to avoid warning */ |
| |
| /* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */ |
| |
| ptr++; |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_R && ptr[1] == CHAR_AMPERSAND) |
| { |
| terminator = -1; |
| ptr += 2; |
| code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change the type of test */ |
| } |
| |
| /* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl |
| syntax (?(<name>) or (?('name'), and also allow for the original PCRE |
| syntax of (?(name) or for (?(+n), (?(-n), and just (?(n). */ |
| |
| else if (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) |
| { |
| terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN; |
| ptr++; |
| } |
| else if (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) |
| { |
| terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE; |
| ptr++; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| terminator = CHAR_NULL; |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_MINUS || *ptr == CHAR_PLUS) refsign = *ptr++; |
| else if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) refsign = 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Handle a number */ |
| |
| if (refsign >= 0) |
| { |
| while (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) |
| { |
| recno = recno * 10 + (int)(*ptr - CHAR_0); |
| ptr++; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Otherwise we expect to read a name; anything else is an error. When |
| a name is one of a number of duplicates, a different opcode is used and |
| it needs more memory. Unfortunately we cannot tell whether a name is a |
| duplicate in the first pass, so we have to allow for more memory. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR84; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| if (!MAX_255(*ptr) || (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) == 0) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR28; /* Assertion expected */ |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| name = ptr++; |
| while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) |
| { |
| ptr++; |
| } |
| namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
| if (lengthptr != NULL && (options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) != 0) |
| *lengthptr += IMM2_SIZE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Check the terminator */ |
| |
| if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != (pcre_uchar)terminator) || |
| *ptr++ != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
| { |
| ptr--; /* Error offset */ |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR26; /* Malformed number or name */ |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| /* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */ |
| |
| if (lengthptr != NULL) break; |
| |
| /* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual |
| reference. If refsign is not negative, it means we have a number in |
| recno. */ |
| |
| if (refsign >= 0) |
| { |
| if (recno <= 0) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR35; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| if (refsign != 0) recno = (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)? |
| cd->bracount - recno + 1 : recno + cd->bracount; |
| if (recno <= 0 || recno > cd->final_bracount) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Otherwise look for the name. */ |
| |
| slot = cd->name_table; |
| for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
| { |
| if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0) break; |
| slot += cd->name_entry_size; |
| } |
| |
| /* Found the named subpattern. If the name is duplicated, add one to |
| the opcode to change CREF/RREF into DNCREF/DNRREF and insert |
| appropriate data values. Otherwise, just insert the unique subpattern |
| number. */ |
| |
| if (i < cd->names_found) |
| { |
| int offset = i++; |
| int count = 1; |
| recno = GET2(slot, 0); /* Number from first found */ |
| for (; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
| { |
| slot += cd->name_entry_size; |
| if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) != 0 || |
| (slot+IMM2_SIZE)[namelen] != 0) break; |
| count++; |
| } |
| |
| if (count > 1) |
| { |
| PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, offset); |
| PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE+IMM2_SIZE, count); |
| skipbytes += IMM2_SIZE; |
| code[1+LINK_SIZE]++; |
| } |
| else /* Not a duplicated name */ |
| { |
| PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If terminator == CHAR_NULL it means that the name followed directly |
| after the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there |
| are some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator != |
| CHAR_NULL [things like (?(<name>... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ] |
| we have now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */ |
| |
| else if (terminator != CHAR_NULL) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| /* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a |
| specific group number. */ |
| |
| else if (*name == CHAR_R) |
| { |
| recno = 0; |
| for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++) |
| { |
| if (!IS_DIGIT(name[i])) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - CHAR_0; |
| } |
| if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY; |
| code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change test type */ |
| PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); |
| } |
| |
| /* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always |
| false. */ |
| |
| else if (namelen == 6 && STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, STRING_DEFINE, 6) == 0) |
| { |
| code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF; |
| skipbytes = 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Reference to an unidentified subpattern. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| |
| /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookahead */ |
| bravalue = OP_ASSERT; |
| cd->assert_depth += 1; |
| ptr++; |
| break; |
| |
| /* Optimize (?!) to (*FAIL) unless it is quantified - which is a weird |
| thing to do, but Perl allows all assertions to be quantified, and when |
| they contain capturing parentheses there may be a potential use for |
| this feature. Not that that applies to a quantified (?!) but we allow |
| it for uniformity. */ |
| |
| /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookahead */ |
| ptr++; |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && ptr[1] != CHAR_ASTERISK && |
| ptr[1] != CHAR_PLUS && ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && |
| (ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET || !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2))) |
| { |
| *code++ = OP_FAIL; |
| previous = NULL; |
| continue; |
| } |
| bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT; |
| cd->assert_depth += 1; |
| break; |
| |
| |
| /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN: /* Lookbehind or named define */ |
| switch (ptr[1]) |
| { |
| case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookbehind */ |
| bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK; |
| cd->assert_depth += 1; |
| ptr += 2; |
| break; |
| |
| case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookbehind */ |
| bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT; |
| cd->assert_depth += 1; |
| ptr += 2; |
| break; |
| |
| default: /* Could be name define, else bad */ |
| if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0) |
| goto DEFINE_NAME; |
| ptr++; /* Correct offset for error */ |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR24; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| |
| /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| case CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN: /* One-time brackets */ |
| bravalue = OP_ONCE; |
| ptr++; |
| break; |
| |
| |
| /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| case CHAR_C: /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */ |
| previous_callout = code; /* Save for later completion */ |
| after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */ |
| *code++ = OP_CALLOUT; |
| { |
| int n = 0; |
| ptr++; |
| while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) |
| n = n * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0; |
| if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR39; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| if (n > 255) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR38; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| *code++ = n; |
| PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1)); /* Pattern offset */ |
| PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */ |
| code += 2 * LINK_SIZE; |
| } |
| previous = NULL; |
| continue; |
| |
| |
| /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| case CHAR_P: /* Python-style named subpattern handling */ |
| if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN || |
| *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN) /* Reference or recursion */ |
| { |
| is_recurse = *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN; |
| terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; |
| goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; |
| } |
| else if (*ptr != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) /* Test for Python-style defn */ |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR41; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| /* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */ |
| |
| |
| /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| DEFINE_NAME: /* Come here from (?< handling */ |
| case CHAR_APOSTROPHE: |
| terminator = (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? |
| CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE; |
| name = ++ptr; |
| if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR84; /* Group name must start with non-digit */ |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++; |
| namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
| |
| /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check, remember the longest |
| name, and then remember the group in a vector, expanding it if |
| necessary. Duplicates for the same number are skipped; other duplicates |
| are checked for validity. In the actual compile, there is nothing to |
| do. */ |
| |
| if (lengthptr != NULL) |
| { |
| named_group *ng; |
| pcre_uint32 number = cd->bracount + 1; |
| |
| if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR42; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR49; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| if (namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1 > cd->name_entry_size) |
| { |
| cd->name_entry_size = namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1; |
| if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR48; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Scan the list to check for duplicates. For duplicate names, if the |
| number is the same, break the loop, which causes the name to be |
| discarded; otherwise, if DUPNAMES is not set, give an error. |
| If it is set, allow the name with a different number, but continue |
| scanning in case this is a duplicate with the same number. For |
| non-duplicate names, give an error if the number is duplicated. */ |
| |
| ng = cd->named_groups; |
| for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++, ng++) |
| { |
| if (namelen == ng->length && |
| STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, ng->name, namelen) == 0) |
| { |
| if (ng->number == number) break; |
| if ((options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR43; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| cd->dupnames = TRUE; /* Duplicate names exist */ |
| } |
| else if (ng->number == number) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR65; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (i >= cd->names_found) /* Not a duplicate with same number */ |
| { |
| /* Increase the list size if necessary */ |
| |
| if (cd->names_found >= cd->named_group_list_size) |
| { |
| int newsize = cd->named_group_list_size * 2; |
| named_group *newspace = (PUBL(malloc)) |
| (newsize * sizeof(named_group)); |
| |
| if (newspace == NULL) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR21; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| memcpy(newspace, cd->named_groups, |
| cd->named_group_list_size * sizeof(named_group)); |
| if (cd->named_group_list_size > NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE) |
| (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->named_groups); |
| cd->named_groups = newspace; |
| cd->named_group_list_size = newsize; |
| } |
| |
| cd->named_groups[cd->names_found].name = name; |
| cd->named_groups[cd->names_found].length = namelen; |
| cd->named_groups[cd->names_found].number = number; |
| cd->names_found++; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| ptr++; /* Move past > or ' in both passes. */ |
| goto NUMBERED_GROUP; |
| |
| |
| /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| case CHAR_AMPERSAND: /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */ |
| terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; |
| is_recurse = TRUE; |
| /* Fall through */ |
| |
| /* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both |
| references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling |
| through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). We also come here from |
| the Perl \k<name> or \k'name' back reference syntax and the \k{name} |
| .NET syntax, and the Oniguruma \g<...> and \g'...' subroutine syntax. */ |
| |
| NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE: |
| name = ++ptr; |
| if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR84; /* Group name must start with non-digit */ |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++; |
| namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
| |
| /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check. We used to just set |
| a dummy reference number, because it was not used in the first pass. |
| However, with the change of recursive back references to be atomic, |
| we have to look for the number so that this state can be identified, as |
| otherwise the incorrect length is computed. If it's not a backwards |
| reference, the dummy number will do. */ |
| |
| if (lengthptr != NULL) |
| { |
| named_group *ng; |
| |
| if (namelen == 0) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR62; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR42; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR48; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| /* The name table does not exist in the first pass; instead we must |
| scan the list of names encountered so far in order to get the |
| number. If the name is not found, set the value to 0 for a forward |
| reference. */ |
| |
| ng = cd->named_groups; |
| for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++, ng++) |
| { |
| if (namelen == ng->length && |
| STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, ng->name, namelen) == 0) |
| break; |
| } |
| recno = (i < cd->names_found)? ng->number : 0; |
| |
| /* Count named back references. */ |
| |
| if (!is_recurse) cd->namedrefcount++; |
| |
| /* If duplicate names are permitted, we have to allow for a named |
| reference to a duplicated name (this cannot be determined until the |
| second pass). This needs an extra 16-bit data item. */ |
| |
| if ((options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) != 0) *lengthptr += IMM2_SIZE; |
| } |
| |
| /* In the real compile, search the name table. We check the name |
| first, and then check that we have reached the end of the name in the |
| table. That way, if the name is longer than any in the table, the |
| comparison will fail without reading beyond the table entry. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| slot = cd->name_table; |
| for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
| { |
| if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0 && |
| slot[IMM2_SIZE+namelen] == 0) |
| break; |
| slot += cd->name_entry_size; |
| } |
| |
| if (i < cd->names_found) |
| { |
| recno = GET2(slot, 0); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* In both phases, for recursions, we can now go to the code than |
| handles numerical recursion. */ |
| |
| if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION; |
| |
| /* In the second pass we must see if the name is duplicated. If so, we |
| generate a different opcode. */ |
| |
| if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->dupnames) |
| { |
| int count = 1; |
| unsigned int index = i; |
| pcre_uchar *cslot = slot + cd->name_entry_size; |
| |
| for (i++; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
| { |
| if (STRCMP_UC_UC(slot + IMM2_SIZE, cslot + IMM2_SIZE) != 0) break; |
| |
| |
| count++; |
| cslot += cd->name_entry_size; |
| } |
| |
| if (count > 1) |
| { |
| if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| previous = code; |
| *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_DNREFI : OP_DNREF; |
| PUT2INC(code, 0, index); |
| PUT2INC(code, 0, count); |
| |
| /* Process each potentially referenced group. */ |
| |
| for (; slot < cslot; slot += cd->name_entry_size) |
| { |
| open_capitem *oc; |
| recno = GET2(slot, 0); |
| cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1; |
| if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno; |
| |
| /* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it |
| is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the |
| group can be made atomic. */ |
| |
| for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) |
| { |
| if (oc->number == recno) |
| { |
| oc->flag = TRUE; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| continue; /* End of back ref handling */ |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* First pass, or a non-duplicated name. */ |
| |
| goto HANDLE_REFERENCE; |
| |
| |
| /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| case CHAR_R: /* Recursion */ |
| ptr++; /* Same as (?0) */ |
| /* Fall through */ |
| |
| |
| /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| case CHAR_MINUS: case CHAR_PLUS: /* Recursion or subroutine */ |
| case CHAR_0: case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: |
| case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9: |
| { |
| const pcre_uchar *called; |
| terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; |
| |
| /* Come here from the \g<...> and \g'...' code (Oniguruma |
| compatibility). However, the syntax has been checked to ensure that |
| the ... are a (signed) number, so that neither ERR63 nor ERR29 will |
| be called on this path, nor with the jump to OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY |
| ever be taken. */ |
| |
| HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION: |
| |
| if ((refsign = *ptr) == CHAR_PLUS) |
| { |
| ptr++; |
| if (!IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR63; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| } |
| else if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS) |
| { |
| if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
| goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY; |
| ptr++; |
| } |
| |
| recno = 0; |
| while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) |
| recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0; |
| |
| if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR29; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS) |
| { |
| if (recno == 0) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1; |
| if (recno <= 0) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| } |
| else if (refsign == CHAR_PLUS) |
| { |
| if (recno == 0) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| recno += cd->bracount; |
| } |
| |
| /* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */ |
| |
| HANDLE_RECURSION: |
| |
| previous = code; |
| called = cd->start_code; |
| |
| /* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being |
| referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before |
| this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that |
| the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position) |
| now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can |
| be filled in at the end. */ |
| |
| if (lengthptr == NULL) |
| { |
| *code = OP_END; |
| if (recno != 0) |
| called = PRIV(find_bracket)(cd->start_code, utf, recno); |
| |
| /* Forward reference */ |
| |
| if (called == NULL) |
| { |
| if (recno > cd->final_bracount) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| /* Fudge the value of "called" so that when it is inserted as an |
| offset below, what it actually inserted is the reference number |
| of the group. Then remember the forward reference. */ |
| |
| called = cd->start_code + recno; |
| if (cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
| WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); |
| if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
| } |
| PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code)); |
| } |
| |
| /* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open, |
| this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left |
| recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. We |
| must not, however, do this check if we are in a conditional |
| subpattern because the condition might be testing for recursion in |
| a pattern such as /(?(R)a+|(?R)b)/, which is perfectly valid. |
| Forever loops are also detected at runtime, so those that occur in |
| conditional subpatterns will be picked up then. */ |
| |
| else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 && cond_depth <= 0 && |
| could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf, cd)) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR40; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Insert the recursion/subroutine item. It does not have a set first |
| character (relevant if it is repeated, because it will then be |
| wrapped with ONCE brackets). */ |
| |
| *code = OP_RECURSE; |
| PUT(code, 1, (int)(called - cd->start_code)); |
| code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| groupsetfirstchar = FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Can't determine a first byte now */ |
| |
| if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| continue; |
| |
| |
| /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| default: /* Other characters: check option setting */ |
| OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY: |
| set = unset = 0; |
| optset = &set; |
| |
| while (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && *ptr != CHAR_COLON) |
| { |
| switch (*ptr++) |
| { |
| case CHAR_MINUS: optset = &unset; break; |
| |
| case CHAR_J: /* Record that it changed in the external options */ |
| *optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES; |
| cd->external_flags |= PCRE_JCHANGED; |
| break; |
| |
| case CHAR_i: *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break; |
| case CHAR_m: *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break; |
| case CHAR_s: *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break; |
| case CHAR_x: *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break; |
| case CHAR_U: *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break; |
| case CHAR_X: *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break; |
| |
| default: *errorcodeptr = ERR12; |
| ptr--; /* Correct the offset */ |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */ |
| |
| newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset); |
| |
| /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested |
| group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If this |
| item is right at the start of the pattern, the options can be |
| abstracted and made external in the pre-compile phase, and ignored in |
| the compile phase. This can be helpful when matching -- for instance in |
| caseless checking of required bytes. |
| |
| If the code pointer is not (cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), we are |
| definitely *not* at the start of the pattern because something has been |
| compiled. In the pre-compile phase, however, the code pointer can have |
| that value after the start, because it gets reset as code is discarded |
| during the pre-compile. However, this can happen only at top level - if |
| we are within parentheses, the starting BRA will still be present. At |
| any parenthesis level, the length value can be used to test if anything |
| has been compiled at that level. Thus, a test for both these conditions |
| is necessary to ensure we correctly detect the start of the pattern in |
| both phases. |
| |
| If we are not at the pattern start, reset the greedy defaults and the |
| case value for firstchar and reqchar. */ |
| |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
| { |
| if (code == cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE && |
| (lengthptr == NULL || *lengthptr == 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)) |
| { |
| cd->external_options = newoptions; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0); |
| greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1; |
| req_caseopt = ((newoptions & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use |
| in subsequent branches. */ |
| |
| *optionsptr = options = newoptions; |
| previous = NULL; /* This item can't be repeated */ |
| continue; /* It is complete */ |
| } |
| |
| /* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group |
| with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are |
| not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':'; |
| the newoptions value is handled below. */ |
| |
| bravalue = OP_BRA; |
| ptr++; |
| } /* End of switch for character following (? */ |
| } /* End of (? handling */ |
| |
| /* Opening parenthesis not followed by '*' or '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE |
| is set, all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...) |
| brackets. */ |
| |
| else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0) |
| { |
| bravalue = OP_BRA; |
| } |
| |
| /* Else we have a capturing group. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| NUMBERED_GROUP: |
| cd->bracount += 1; |
| PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount); |
| skipbytes = IMM2_SIZE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Process nested bracketed regex. First check for parentheses nested too |
| deeply. */ |
| |
| if ((cd->parens_depth += 1) > PARENS_NEST_LIMIT) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR82; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| /* Assertions used not to be repeatable, but this was changed for Perl |
| compatibility, so all kinds can now be repeated. We copy code into a |
| non-register variable (tempcode) in order to be able to pass its address |
| because some compilers complain otherwise. */ |
| |
| previous = code; /* For handling repetition */ |
| *code = bravalue; |
| tempcode = code; |
| tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt; /* Save value before bracket */ |
| tempbracount = cd->bracount; /* Save value before bracket */ |
| length_prevgroup = 0; /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */ |
| |
| if (!compile_regex( |
| newoptions, /* The complete new option state */ |
| &tempcode, /* Where to put code (updated) */ |
| &ptr, /* Input pointer (updated) */ |
| errorcodeptr, /* Where to put an error message */ |
| (bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK || |
| bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */ |
| reset_bracount, /* True if (?| group */ |
| skipbytes, /* Skip over bracket number */ |
| cond_depth + |
| ((bravalue == OP_COND)?1:0), /* Depth of condition subpatterns */ |
| &subfirstchar, /* For possible first char */ |
| &subfirstcharflags, |
| &subreqchar, /* For possible last char */ |
| &subreqcharflags, |
| bcptr, /* Current branch chain */ |
| cd, /* Tables block */ |
| (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : /* Actual compile phase */ |
| &length_prevgroup /* Pre-compile phase */ |
| )) |
| goto FAILED; |
| |
| cd->parens_depth -= 1; |
| |
| /* If this was an atomic group and there are no capturing groups within it, |
| generate OP_ONCE_NC instead of OP_ONCE. */ |
| |
| if (bravalue == OP_ONCE && cd->bracount <= tempbracount) |
| *code = OP_ONCE_NC; |
| |
| if (bravalue >= OP_ASSERT && bravalue <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) |
| cd->assert_depth -= 1; |
| |
| /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the |
| group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group. |
| The pattern pointer (ptr) is on the bracket. |
| |
| If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than |
| two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this |
| in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may |
| not be available. */ |
| |
| if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar *tc = code; |
| int condcount = 0; |
| |
| do { |
| condcount++; |
| tc += GET(tc,1); |
| } |
| while (*tc != OP_KET); |
| |
| /* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always |
| false). It must have only one branch. */ |
| |
| if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF) |
| { |
| if (condcount > 1) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR54; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| bravalue = OP_DEF; /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */ |
| } |
| |
| /* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not |
| make use of its firstchar or reqchar, because this is equivalent to an |
| empty second branch. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| if (condcount > 2) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR27; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| if (condcount == 1) subfirstcharflags = subreqcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Error if hit end of pattern */ |
| |
| if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR14; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| |
| /* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group, |
| less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a |
| set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is |
| duplicated by a quantifier.*/ |
| |
| if (lengthptr != NULL) |
| { |
| if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| *lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; |
| code++; /* This already contains bravalue */ |
| PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
| *code++ = OP_KET; |
| PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
| break; /* No need to waste time with special character handling */ |
| } |
| |
| /* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */ |
| |
| code = tempcode; |
| |
| /* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not |
| relevant. */ |
| |
| if (bravalue == OP_DEF) break; |
| |
| /* Handle updating of the required and first characters for other types of |
| group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two |
| branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with |
| zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqchar and |
| zerofirstchar outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the |
| back off. */ |
| |
| zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
| zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; |
| zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
| zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; |
| groupsetfirstchar = FALSE; |
| |
| if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE) |
| { |
| /* If we have not yet set a firstchar in this branch, take it from the |
| subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more |
| than one can replicate it as reqchar if necessary. If the subpattern has |
| no firstchar, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero |
| repeat forces firstchar to "none". */ |
| |
| if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) |
| { |
| if (subfirstcharflags >= 0) |
| { |
| firstchar = subfirstchar; |
| firstcharflags = subfirstcharflags; |
| groupsetfirstchar = TRUE; |
| } |
| else firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| } |
| |
| /* If firstchar was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstchar |
| into reqchar if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in |
| existence beforehand. */ |
| |
| else if (subfirstcharflags >= 0 && subreqcharflags < 0) |
| { |
| subreqchar = subfirstchar; |
| subreqcharflags = subfirstcharflags | tempreqvary; |
| } |
| |
| /* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't |
| really the first byte - see above), set it. */ |
| |
| if (subreqcharflags >= 0) |
| { |
| reqchar = subreqchar; |
| reqcharflags = subreqcharflags; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* For a forward assertion, we take the reqchar, if set. This can be |
| helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different |
| char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstchar |
| for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns |
| such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqchar instead |
| of a firstchar. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no |
| firstchar, looking for an asserted first char. */ |
| |
| else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqcharflags >= 0) |
| { |
| reqchar = subreqchar; |
| reqcharflags = subreqcharflags; |
| } |
| break; /* End of processing '(' */ |
| |
| |
| /* ===================================================================*/ |
| /* Handle metasequences introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values |
| are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values in the |
| default case when PCRE_UCP is not set. For the back references, the values |
| are negative the reference number. Only back references and those types |
| that consume a character may be repeated. We can test for values between |
| ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may have to change if any new ones are |
| ever created. */ |
| |
| case CHAR_BACKSLASH: |
| tempptr = ptr; |
| escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, FALSE); |
| if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
| |
| if (escape == 0) /* The escape coded a single character */ |
| c = ec; |
| else |
| { |
| if (escape == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */ |
| { |
| if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
| ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */ |
| else inescq = TRUE; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (escape == ESC_E) continue; /* Perl ignores an orphan \E */ |
| |
| /* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the |
| setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */ |
| |
| if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET && escape > ESC_b && escape < ESC_Z) |
| firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| |
| /* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */ |
| |
| zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
| zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; |
| zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
| zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; |
| |
| /* \g<name> or \g'name' is a subroutine call by name and \g<n> or \g'n' |
| is a subroutine call by number (Oniguruma syntax). In fact, the value |
| ESC_g is returned only for these cases. So we don't need to check for < |
| or ' if the value is ESC_g. For the Perl syntax \g{n} the value is |
| -n, and for the Perl syntax \g{name} the result is ESC_k (as |
| that is a synonym for a named back reference). */ |
| |
| if (escape == ESC_g) |
| { |
| const pcre_uchar *p; |
| pcre_uint32 cf; |
| |
| save_hwm = cd->hwm; /* Normally this is set when '(' is read */ |
| terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? |
| CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE; |
| |
| /* These two statements stop the compiler for warning about possibly |
| unset variables caused by the jump to HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION. In |
| fact, because we do the check for a number below, the paths that |
| would actually be in error are never taken. */ |
| |
| skipbytes = 0; |
| reset_bracount = FALSE; |
| |
| /* If it's not a signed or unsigned number, treat it as a name. */ |
| |
| cf = ptr[1]; |
| if (cf != CHAR_PLUS && cf != CHAR_MINUS && !IS_DIGIT(cf)) |
| { |
| is_recurse = TRUE; |
| goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Signed or unsigned number (cf = ptr[1]) is known to be plus or minus |
| or a digit. */ |
| |
| p = ptr + 2; |
| while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; |
| if (*p != (pcre_uchar)terminator) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR57; |
| break; |
| } |
| ptr++; |
| goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION; |
| } |
| |
| /* \k<name> or \k'name' is a back reference by name (Perl syntax). |
| We also support \k{name} (.NET syntax). */ |
| |
| if (escape == ESC_k) |
| { |
| if ((ptr[1] != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && |
| ptr[1] != CHAR_APOSTROPHE && ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR69; |
| break; |
| } |
| is_recurse = FALSE; |
| terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? |
| CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)? |
| CHAR_APOSTROPHE : CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; |
| goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Back references are handled specially; must disable firstchar if |
| not set to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set |
| ':' later. */ |
| |
| if (escape < 0) |
| { |
| open_capitem *oc; |
| recno = -escape; |
| |
| /* Come here from named backref handling when the reference is to a |
| single group (i.e. not to a duplicated name. */ |
| |
| HANDLE_REFERENCE: |
| if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| previous = code; |
| *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_REFI : OP_REF; |
| PUT2INC(code, 0, recno); |
| cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1; |
| if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno; |
| |
| /* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it |
| is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the |
| group can be made atomic. */ |
| |
| for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) |
| { |
| if (oc->number == recno) |
| { |
| oc->flag = TRUE; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. */ |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| else if (escape == ESC_P || escape == ESC_p) |
| { |
| BOOL negated; |
| unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0; |
| if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr)) |
| goto FAILED; |
| previous = code; |
| *code++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP; |
| *code++ = ptype; |
| *code++ = pdata; |
| } |
| #else |
| |
| /* If Unicode properties are not supported, \X, \P, and \p are not |
| allowed. */ |
| |
| else if (escape == ESC_X || escape == ESC_P || escape == ESC_p) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR45; |
| goto FAILED; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* For the rest (including \X when Unicode properties are supported), we |
| can obtain the OP value by negating the escape value in the default |
| situation when PCRE_UCP is not set. When it *is* set, we substitute |
| Unicode property tests. Note that \b and \B do a one-character |
| lookbehind, and \A also behaves as if it does. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| if ((escape == ESC_b || escape == ESC_B || escape == ESC_A) && |
| cd->max_lookbehind == 0) |
| cd->max_lookbehind = 1; |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| if (escape >= ESC_DU && escape <= ESC_wu) |
| { |
| nestptr = ptr + 1; /* Where to resume */ |
| ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */ |
| } |
| else |
| #endif |
| /* In non-UTF-8 mode, we turn \C into OP_ALLANY instead of OP_ANYBYTE |
| so that it works in DFA mode and in lookbehinds. */ |
| |
| { |
| previous = (escape > ESC_b && escape < ESC_Z)? code : NULL; |
| *code++ = (!utf && escape == ESC_C)? OP_ALLANY : escape; |
| } |
| } |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have |
| a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then |
| handle it as a data character. */ |
| |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) |
| mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer); |
| else |
| #endif |
| |
| { |
| mcbuffer[0] = c; |
| mclength = 1; |
| } |
| goto ONE_CHAR; |
| |
| |
| /* ===================================================================*/ |
| /* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or # |
| when the extended flag is set. If we are in a UTF mode, it may be a |
| multi-unit literal character. */ |
| |
| default: |
| NORMAL_CHAR: |
| mclength = 1; |
| mcbuffer[0] = c; |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c)) |
| ACROSSCHAR(TRUE, ptr[1], mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr)); |
| #endif |
| |
| /* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length |
| in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */ |
| |
| ONE_CHAR: |
| previous = code; |
| |
| /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check whether |
| this character has more than one other case. If so, generate a special |
| OP_PROP item instead of OP_CHARI. */ |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) |
| { |
| GETCHAR(c, mcbuffer); |
| if ((c = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0) |
| { |
| *code++ = OP_PROP; |
| *code++ = PT_CLIST; |
| *code++ = c; |
| if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) |
| firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* Caseful matches, or not one of the multicase characters. */ |
| |
| *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARI : OP_CHAR; |
| for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c]; |
| |
| /* Remember if \r or \n were seen */ |
| |
| if (mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_CR || mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_NL) |
| cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; |
| |
| /* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first |
| byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat. |
| Otherwise, leave the firstchar value alone, and don't change it on a zero |
| repeat. */ |
| |
| if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) |
| { |
| zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
| zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; |
| |
| /* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstchar |
| only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */ |
| |
| if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0) |
| { |
| firstchar = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt; |
| firstchar = mcbuffer[0]; |
| firstcharflags = req_caseopt; |
| |
| if (mclength != 1) |
| { |
| reqchar = code[-1]; |
| reqcharflags = cd->req_varyopt; |
| } |
| } |
| else firstcharflags = reqcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| } |
| |
| /* firstchar was previously set; we can set reqchar only if the length is |
| 1 or the matching is caseful. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
| zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; |
| zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
| zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; |
| if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0) |
| { |
| reqchar = code[-1]; |
| reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| break; /* End of literal character handling */ |
| } |
| } /* end of big loop */ |
| |
| |
| /* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the |
| error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed |
| to the user for diagnosing the error. */ |
| |
| FAILED: |
| *ptrptr = ptr; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Compile sequence of alternatives * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return it |
| points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string. The code |
| variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been stored. |
| This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying to find |
| out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile phase. The |
| value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| options option bits, including any changes for this subpattern |
| codeptr -> the address of the current code pointer |
| ptrptr -> the address of the current pattern pointer |
| errorcodeptr -> pointer to error code variable |
| lookbehind TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion |
| reset_bracount TRUE to reset the count for each branch |
| skipbytes skip this many bytes at start (for brackets and OP_COND) |
| cond_depth depth of nesting for conditional subpatterns |
| firstcharptr place to put the first required character |
| firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number |
| reqcharptr place to put the last required character |
| reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number |
| bcptr pointer to the chain of currently open branches |
| cd points to the data block with tables pointers etc. |
| lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase |
| points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase |
| |
| Returns: TRUE on success |
| */ |
| |
| static BOOL |
| compile_regex(int options, pcre_uchar **codeptr, const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, |
| int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, BOOL reset_bracount, int skipbytes, |
| int cond_depth, |
| pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr, |
| pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr, |
| branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr) |
| { |
| const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; |
| pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr; |
| pcre_uchar *last_branch = code; |
| pcre_uchar *start_bracket = code; |
| pcre_uchar *reverse_count = NULL; |
| open_capitem capitem; |
| int capnumber = 0; |
| pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar; |
| pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags; |
| pcre_uint32 branchfirstchar, branchreqchar; |
| pcre_int32 branchfirstcharflags, branchreqcharflags; |
| int length; |
| unsigned int orig_bracount; |
| unsigned int max_bracount; |
| branch_chain bc; |
| |
| /* If set, call the external function that checks for stack availability. */ |
| |
| if (PUBL(stack_guard) != NULL && PUBL(stack_guard)()) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr= ERR85; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Miscellaneous initialization */ |
| |
| bc.outer = bcptr; |
| bc.current_branch = code; |
| |
| firstchar = reqchar = 0; |
| firstcharflags = reqcharflags = REQ_UNSET; |
| |
| /* Accumulate the length for use in the pre-compile phase. Start with the |
| length of the BRA and KET and any extra bytes that are required at the |
| beginning. We accumulate in a local variable to save frequent testing of |
| lenthptr for NULL. We cannot do this by looking at the value of code at the |
| start and end of each alternative, because compiled items are discarded during |
| the pre-compile phase so that the work space is not exceeded. */ |
| |
| length = 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE + skipbytes; |
| |
| /* WARNING: If the above line is changed for any reason, you must also change |
| the code that abstracts option settings at the start of the pattern and makes |
| them global. It tests the value of length for (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) in the |
| pre-compile phase to find out whether anything has yet been compiled or not. */ |
| |
| /* If this is a capturing subpattern, add to the chain of open capturing items |
| so that we can detect them if (*ACCEPT) is encountered. This is also used to |
| detect groups that contain recursive back references to themselves. Note that |
| only OP_CBRA need be tested here; changing this opcode to one of its variants, |
| e.g. OP_SCBRAPOS, happens later, after the group has been compiled. */ |
| |
| if (*code == OP_CBRA) |
| { |
| capnumber = GET2(code, 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
| capitem.number = capnumber; |
| capitem.next = cd->open_caps; |
| capitem.flag = FALSE; |
| cd->open_caps = &capitem; |
| } |
| |
| /* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */ |
| |
| PUT(code, 1, 0); |
| code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes; |
| |
| /* Loop for each alternative branch */ |
| |
| orig_bracount = max_bracount = cd->bracount; |
| for (;;) |
| { |
| /* For a (?| group, reset the capturing bracket count so that each branch |
| uses the same numbers. */ |
| |
| if (reset_bracount) cd->bracount = orig_bracount; |
| |
| /* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */ |
| |
| if (lookbehind) |
| { |
| *code++ = OP_REVERSE; |
| reverse_count = code; |
| PUTINC(code, 0, 0); |
| length += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Now compile the branch; in the pre-compile phase its length gets added |
| into the length. */ |
| |
| if (!compile_branch(&options, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr, &branchfirstchar, |
| &branchfirstcharflags, &branchreqchar, &branchreqcharflags, &bc, |
| cond_depth, cd, (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : &length)) |
| { |
| *ptrptr = ptr; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Keep the highest bracket count in case (?| was used and some branch |
| has fewer than the rest. */ |
| |
| if (cd->bracount > max_bracount) max_bracount = cd->bracount; |
| |
| /* In the real compile phase, there is some post-processing to be done. */ |
| |
| if (lengthptr == NULL) |
| { |
| /* If this is the first branch, the firstchar and reqchar values for the |
| branch become the values for the regex. */ |
| |
| if (*last_branch != OP_ALT) |
| { |
| firstchar = branchfirstchar; |
| firstcharflags = branchfirstcharflags; |
| reqchar = branchreqchar; |
| reqcharflags = branchreqcharflags; |
| } |
| |
| /* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqchar have to |
| match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the |
| previous value for reqchar didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match, |
| and we set REQ_VARY for the regex. */ |
| |
| else |
| { |
| /* If we previously had a firstchar, but it doesn't match the new branch, |
| we have to abandon the firstchar for the regex, but if there was |
| previously no reqchar, it takes on the value of the old firstchar. */ |
| |
| if (firstcharflags >= 0 && |
| (firstcharflags != branchfirstcharflags || firstchar != branchfirstchar)) |
| { |
| if (reqcharflags < 0) |
| { |
| reqchar = firstchar; |
| reqcharflags = firstcharflags; |
| } |
| firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| } |
| |
| /* If we (now or from before) have no firstchar, a firstchar from the |
| branch becomes a reqchar if there isn't a branch reqchar. */ |
| |
| if (firstcharflags < 0 && branchfirstcharflags >= 0 && branchreqcharflags < 0) |
| { |
| branchreqchar = branchfirstchar; |
| branchreqcharflags = branchfirstcharflags; |
| } |
| |
| /* Now ensure that the reqchars match */ |
| |
| if (((reqcharflags & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqcharflags & ~REQ_VARY)) || |
| reqchar != branchreqchar) |
| reqcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| else |
| { |
| reqchar = branchreqchar; |
| reqcharflags |= branchreqcharflags; /* To "or" REQ_VARY */ |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string, and |
| put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of the |
| branch with OP_END. If the branch contains OP_RECURSE, the result is -3 |
| because there may be forward references that we can't check here. Set a |
| flag to cause another lookbehind check at the end. Why not do it all at the |
| end? Because common, erroneous checks are picked up here and the offset of |
| the problem can be shown. */ |
| |
| if (lookbehind) |
| { |
| int fixed_length; |
| *code = OP_END; |
| fixed_length = find_fixedlength(last_branch, (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, |
| FALSE, cd); |
| DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length)); |
| if (fixed_length == -3) |
| { |
| cd->check_lookbehind = TRUE; |
| } |
| else if (fixed_length < 0) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 : |
| (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70: ERR25; |
| *ptrptr = ptr; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind) |
| cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length; |
| PUT(reverse_count, 0, fixed_length); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. In the real |
| compile phase, go back through the alternative branches and reverse the chain |
| of offsets, with the field in the BRA item now becoming an offset to the |
| first alternative. If there are no alternatives, it points to the end of the |
| group. The length in the terminating ket is always the length of the whole |
| bracketed item. Return leaving the pointer at the terminating char. */ |
| |
| if (*ptr != CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE) |
| { |
| if (lengthptr == NULL) |
| { |
| int branch_length = (int)(code - last_branch); |
| do |
| { |
| int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1); |
| PUT(last_branch, 1, branch_length); |
| branch_length = prev_length; |
| last_branch -= branch_length; |
| } |
| while (branch_length > 0); |
| } |
| |
| /* Fill in the ket */ |
| |
| *code = OP_KET; |
| PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket)); |
| code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| |
| /* If it was a capturing subpattern, check to see if it contained any |
| recursive back references. If so, we must wrap it in atomic brackets. |
| Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any pending recursive |
| references are updated. In any event, remove the block from the chain. */ |
| |
| if (capnumber > 0) |
| { |
| if (cd->open_caps->flag) |
| { |
| *code = OP_END; |
| adjust_recurse(start_bracket, 1 + LINK_SIZE, |
| (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, cd, cd->hwm); |
| memmove(start_bracket + 1 + LINK_SIZE, start_bracket, |
| IN_UCHARS(code - start_bracket)); |
| *start_bracket = OP_ONCE; |
| code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| PUT(start_bracket, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket)); |
| *code = OP_KET; |
| PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket)); |
| code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE; |
| } |
| cd->open_caps = cd->open_caps->next; |
| } |
| |
| /* Retain the highest bracket number, in case resetting was used. */ |
| |
| cd->bracount = max_bracount; |
| |
| /* Set values to pass back */ |
| |
| *codeptr = code; |
| *ptrptr = ptr; |
| *firstcharptr = firstchar; |
| *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags; |
| *reqcharptr = reqchar; |
| *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags; |
| if (lengthptr != NULL) |
| { |
| if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length) |
| { |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| *lengthptr += length; |
| } |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Another branch follows. In the pre-compile phase, we can move the code |
| pointer back to where it was for the start of the first branch. (That is, |
| pretend that each branch is the only one.) |
| |
| In the real compile phase, insert an ALT node. Its length field points back |
| to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain |
| is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a |
| zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */ |
| |
| if (lengthptr != NULL) |
| { |
| code = *codeptr + 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes; |
| length += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| *code = OP_ALT; |
| PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - last_branch)); |
| bc.current_branch = last_branch = code; |
| code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| } |
| |
| ptr++; |
| } |
| /* Control never reaches here */ |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Check for anchored expression * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each |
| alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket |
| all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then |
| it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD will |
| be found, because ^ generates OP_CIRCM in that mode. |
| |
| We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches. |
| This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking |
| into account the match offset". |
| |
| A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set, |
| because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points, |
| so there is no point trying again.... er .... |
| |
| .... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a |
| subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information |
| to catch that case precisely. |
| |
| At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets |
| and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level. |
| However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some |
| of the more common cases more precisely. |
| |
| ... A second exception is when the .* appears inside an atomic group, because |
| this prevents the number of characters it matches from being adjusted. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| code points to start of expression (the bracket) |
| bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this |
| handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take |
| the less precise approach |
| cd points to the compile data block |
| atomcount atomic group level |
| |
| Returns: TRUE or FALSE |
| */ |
| |
| static BOOL |
| is_anchored(register const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map, |
| compile_data *cd, int atomcount) |
| { |
| do { |
| const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code( |
| code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE); |
| register int op = *scode; |
| |
| /* Non-capturing brackets */ |
| |
| if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_BRAPOS || |
| op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS) |
| { |
| if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Capturing brackets */ |
| |
| else if (op == OP_CBRA || op == OP_CBRAPOS || |
| op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS) |
| { |
| int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE); |
| int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1); |
| if (!is_anchored(scode, new_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Positive forward assertions and conditions */ |
| |
| else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_COND) |
| { |
| if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Atomic groups */ |
| |
| else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC) |
| { |
| if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount + 1)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set (which generates OP_ALLANY) and |
| it isn't in brackets that are or may be referenced or inside an atomic |
| group. */ |
| |
| else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || |
| op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)) |
| { |
| if (scode[1] != OP_ALLANY || (bracket_map & cd->backref_map) != 0 || |
| atomcount > 0 || cd->had_pruneorskip) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Check for explicit anchoring */ |
| |
| else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM && op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE; |
| |
| code += GET(code, 1); |
| } |
| while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */ |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Check for starting with ^ or .* * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that |
| "first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline |
| matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at |
| the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we |
| have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .* |
| because in that case we can't make the assumption. Also, the appearance of .* |
| inside atomic brackets or in a pattern that contains *PRUNE or *SKIP does not |
| count, because once again the assumption no longer holds. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| code points to start of expression (the bracket) |
| bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this |
| handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take |
| the less precise approach |
| cd points to the compile data |
| atomcount atomic group level |
| |
| Returns: TRUE or FALSE |
| */ |
| |
| static BOOL |
| is_startline(const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map, |
| compile_data *cd, int atomcount) |
| { |
| do { |
| const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code( |
| code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE); |
| register int op = *scode; |
| |
| /* If we are at the start of a conditional assertion group, *both* the |
| conditional assertion *and* what follows the condition must satisfy the test |
| for start of line. Other kinds of condition fail. Note that there may be an |
| auto-callout at the start of a condition. */ |
| |
| if (op == OP_COND) |
| { |
| scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| if (*scode == OP_CALLOUT) scode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT]; |
| switch (*scode) |
| { |
| case OP_CREF: |
| case OP_DNCREF: |
| case OP_RREF: |
| case OP_DNRREF: |
| case OP_DEF: |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| default: /* Assertion */ |
| if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; |
| do scode += GET(scode, 1); while (*scode == OP_ALT); |
| scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| break; |
| } |
| scode = first_significant_code(scode, FALSE); |
| op = *scode; |
| } |
| |
| /* Non-capturing brackets */ |
| |
| if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_BRAPOS || |
| op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS) |
| { |
| if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Capturing brackets */ |
| |
| else if (op == OP_CBRA || op == OP_CBRAPOS || |
| op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS) |
| { |
| int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE); |
| int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1); |
| if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Positive forward assertions */ |
| |
| else if (op == OP_ASSERT) |
| { |
| if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Atomic brackets */ |
| |
| else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC) |
| { |
| if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount + 1)) return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in atomic brackets or |
| brackets that may be referenced, as long as the pattern does not contain |
| *PRUNE or *SKIP, because these break the feature. Consider, for example, |
| /.*?a(*PRUNE)b/ with the subject "aab", which matches "ab", i.e. not at the |
| start of a line. */ |
| |
| else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR) |
| { |
| if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & cd->backref_map) != 0 || |
| atomcount > 0 || cd->had_pruneorskip) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Check for explicit circumflex; anything else gives a FALSE result. Note |
| in particular that this includes atomic brackets OP_ONCE and OP_ONCE_NC |
| because the number of characters matched by .* cannot be adjusted inside |
| them. */ |
| |
| else if (op != OP_CIRC && op != OP_CIRCM) return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Move on to the next alternative */ |
| |
| code += GET(code, 1); |
| } |
| while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */ |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Check for asserted fixed first char * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are |
| discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow. |
| However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern, |
| it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first |
| char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a |
| non-conditional bracket all of whose alternatives start with the same asserted |
| char (recurse ad lib), then we return that char, with the flags set to zero or |
| REQ_CASELESS; otherwise return zero with REQ_NONE in the flags. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| code points to start of expression (the bracket) |
| flags points to the first char flags, or to REQ_NONE |
| inassert TRUE if in an assertion |
| |
| Returns: the fixed first char, or 0 with REQ_NONE in flags |
| */ |
| |
| static pcre_uint32 |
| find_firstassertedchar(const pcre_uchar *code, pcre_int32 *flags, |
| BOOL inassert) |
| { |
| register pcre_uint32 c = 0; |
| int cflags = REQ_NONE; |
| |
| *flags = REQ_NONE; |
| do { |
| pcre_uint32 d; |
| int dflags; |
| int xl = (*code == OP_CBRA || *code == OP_SCBRA || |
| *code == OP_CBRAPOS || *code == OP_SCBRAPOS)? IMM2_SIZE:0; |
| const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE + xl, |
| TRUE); |
| register pcre_uchar op = *scode; |
| |
| switch(op) |
| { |
| default: |
| return 0; |
| |
| case OP_BRA: |
| case OP_BRAPOS: |
| case OP_CBRA: |
| case OP_SCBRA: |
| case OP_CBRAPOS: |
| case OP_SCBRAPOS: |
| case OP_ASSERT: |
| case OP_ONCE: |
| case OP_ONCE_NC: |
| d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, &dflags, op == OP_ASSERT); |
| if (dflags < 0) |
| return 0; |
| if (cflags < 0) { c = d; cflags = dflags; } else if (c != d || cflags != dflags) return 0; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_EXACT: |
| scode += IMM2_SIZE; |
| /* Fall through */ |
| |
| case OP_CHAR: |
| case OP_PLUS: |
| case OP_MINPLUS: |
| case OP_POSPLUS: |
| if (!inassert) return 0; |
| if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = 0; } |
| else if (c != scode[1]) return 0; |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_EXACTI: |
| scode += IMM2_SIZE; |
| /* Fall through */ |
| |
| case OP_CHARI: |
| case OP_PLUSI: |
| case OP_MINPLUSI: |
| case OP_POSPLUSI: |
| if (!inassert) return 0; |
| if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = REQ_CASELESS; } |
| else if (c != scode[1]) return 0; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| code += GET(code, 1); |
| } |
| while (*code == OP_ALT); |
| |
| *flags = cflags; |
| return c; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Add an entry to the name/number table * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function is called between compiling passes to add an entry to the |
| name/number table, maintaining alphabetical order. Checking for permitted |
| and forbidden duplicates has already been done. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| cd the compile data block |
| name the name to add |
| length the length of the name |
| groupno the group number |
| |
| Returns: nothing |
| */ |
| |
| static void |
| add_name(compile_data *cd, const pcre_uchar *name, int length, |
| unsigned int groupno) |
| { |
| int i; |
| pcre_uchar *slot = cd->name_table; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
| { |
| int crc = memcmp(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, IN_UCHARS(length)); |
| if (crc == 0 && slot[IMM2_SIZE+length] != 0) |
| crc = -1; /* Current name is a substring */ |
| |
| /* Make space in the table and break the loop for an earlier name. For a |
| duplicate or later name, carry on. We do this for duplicates so that in the |
| simple case (when ?(| is not used) they are in order of their numbers. In all |
| cases they are in the order in which they appear in the pattern. */ |
| |
| if (crc < 0) |
| { |
| memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot, |
| IN_UCHARS((cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size)); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Continue the loop for a later or duplicate name */ |
| |
| slot += cd->name_entry_size; |
| } |
| |
| PUT2(slot, 0, groupno); |
| memcpy(slot + IMM2_SIZE, name, IN_UCHARS(length)); |
| slot[IMM2_SIZE + length] = 0; |
| cd->names_found++; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /************************************************* |
| * Compile a Regular Expression * |
| *************************************************/ |
| |
| /* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store |
| holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this |
| function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards |
| compatibility. The new function is given a new name. |
| |
| Arguments: |
| pattern the regular expression |
| options various option bits |
| errorcodeptr pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only) |
| can be NULL if you don't want a code value |
| errorptr pointer to pointer to error text |
| erroroffset ptr offset in pattern where error was detected |
| tables pointer to character tables or NULL |
| |
| Returns: pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error, |
| with errorptr and erroroffset set |
| */ |
| |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION |
| pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr, |
| int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION |
| pcre16_compile(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, const char **errorptr, |
| int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre32 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION |
| pcre32_compile(PCRE_SPTR32 pattern, int options, const char **errorptr, |
| int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) |
| #endif |
| { |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables); |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| return pcre16_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables); |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| return pcre32_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables); |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION |
| pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr, |
| const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION |
| pcre16_compile2(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr, |
| const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre32 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION |
| pcre32_compile2(PCRE_SPTR32 pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr, |
| const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) |
| #endif |
| { |
| REAL_PCRE *re; |
| int length = 1; /* For final END opcode */ |
| pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags; |
| pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar; |
| pcre_uint32 limit_match = PCRE_UINT32_MAX; |
| pcre_uint32 limit_recursion = PCRE_UINT32_MAX; |
| int newline; |
| int errorcode = 0; |
| int skipatstart = 0; |
| BOOL utf; |
| BOOL never_utf = FALSE; |
| size_t size; |
| pcre_uchar *code; |
| const pcre_uchar *codestart; |
| const pcre_uchar *ptr; |
| compile_data compile_block; |
| compile_data *cd = &compile_block; |
| |
| /* This space is used for "compiling" into during the first phase, when we are |
| computing the amount of memory that is needed. Compiled items are thrown away |
| as soon as possible, so that a fairly large buffer should be sufficient for |
| this purpose. The same space is used in the second phase for remembering where |
| to fill in forward references to subpatterns. That may overflow, in which case |
| new memory is obtained from malloc(). */ |
| |
| pcre_uchar cworkspace[COMPILE_WORK_SIZE]; |
| |
| /* This vector is used for remembering name groups during the pre-compile. In a |
| similar way to cworkspace, it can be expanded using malloc() if necessary. */ |
| |
| named_group named_groups[NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE]; |
| |
| /* Set this early so that early errors get offset 0. */ |
| |
| ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern; |
| |
| /* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we |
| can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code |
| pointer. */ |
| |
| if (errorptr == NULL) |
| { |
| if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99; |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| *errorptr = NULL; |
| if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0; |
| |
| /* However, we can give a message for this error */ |
| |
| if (erroroffset == NULL) |
| { |
| errorcode = ERR16; |
| goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2; |
| } |
| |
| *erroroffset = 0; |
| |
| /* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */ |
| |
| if (tables == NULL) tables = PRIV(default_tables); |
| cd->lcc = tables + lcc_offset; |
| cd->fcc = tables + fcc_offset; |
| cd->cbits = tables + cbits_offset; |
| cd->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset; |
| |
| /* Check that all undefined public option bits are zero */ |
| |
| if ((options & ~PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS) != 0) |
| { |
| errorcode = ERR17; |
| goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
| } |
| |
| /* If PCRE_NEVER_UTF is set, remember it. */ |
| |
| if ((options & PCRE_NEVER_UTF) != 0) never_utf = TRUE; |
| |
| /* Check for global one-time settings at the start of the pattern, and remember |
| the offset for later. */ |
| |
| cd->external_flags = 0; /* Initialize here for LIMIT_MATCH/RECURSION */ |
| |
| while (ptr[skipatstart] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS && |
| ptr[skipatstart+1] == CHAR_ASTERISK) |
| { |
| int newnl = 0; |
| int newbsr = 0; |
| |
| /* For completeness and backward compatibility, (*UTFn) is supported in the |
| relevant libraries, but (*UTF) is generic and always supported. Note that |
| PCRE_UTF8 == PCRE_UTF16 == PCRE_UTF32. */ |
| |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0) |
| { skipatstart += 7; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; } |
| #endif |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF16_RIGHTPAR, 6) == 0) |
| { skipatstart += 8; options |= PCRE_UTF16; continue; } |
| #endif |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF32_RIGHTPAR, 6) == 0) |
| { skipatstart += 8; options |= PCRE_UTF32; continue; } |
| #endif |
| |
| else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0) |
| { skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; } |
| else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UCP_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0) |
| { skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UCP; continue; } |
| else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_NO_AUTO_POSSESS_RIGHTPAR, 16) == 0) |
| { skipatstart += 18; options |= PCRE_NO_AUTO_POSSESS; continue; } |
| else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_NO_START_OPT_RIGHTPAR, 13) == 0) |
| { skipatstart += 15; options |= PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE; continue; } |
| |
| else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LIMIT_MATCH_EQ, 12) == 0) |
| { |
| pcre_uint32 c = 0; |
| int p = skipatstart + 14; |
| while (isdigit(ptr[p])) |
| { |
| if (c > PCRE_UINT32_MAX / 10 - 1) break; /* Integer overflow */ |
| c = c*10 + ptr[p++] - CHAR_0; |
| } |
| if (ptr[p++] != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break; |
| if (c < limit_match) |
| { |
| limit_match = c; |
| cd->external_flags |= PCRE_MLSET; |
| } |
| skipatstart = p; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LIMIT_RECURSION_EQ, 16) == 0) |
| { |
| pcre_uint32 c = 0; |
| int p = skipatstart + 18; |
| while (isdigit(ptr[p])) |
| { |
| if (c > PCRE_UINT32_MAX / 10 - 1) break; /* Integer overflow check */ |
| c = c*10 + ptr[p++] - CHAR_0; |
| } |
| if (ptr[p++] != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break; |
| if (c < limit_recursion) |
| { |
| limit_recursion = c; |
| cd->external_flags |= PCRE_RLSET; |
| } |
| skipatstart = p; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0) |
| { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR; } |
| else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0) |
| { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; } |
| else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0) |
| { skipatstart += 7; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR + PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; } |
| else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0) |
| { skipatstart += 6; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY; } |
| else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 8) == 0) |
| { skipatstart += 10; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF; } |
| |
| else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0) |
| { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF; } |
| else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0) |
| { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_UNICODE; } |
| |
| if (newnl != 0) |
| options = (options & ~PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) | newnl; |
| else if (newbsr != 0) |
| options = (options & ~(PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) | newbsr; |
| else break; |
| } |
| |
| /* PCRE_UTF(16|32) have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ |
| utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
| if (utf && never_utf) |
| { |
| errorcode = ERR78; |
| goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2; |
| } |
| |
| /* Can't support UTF unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. The |
| return of an error code from PRIV(valid_utf)() is a new feature, introduced in |
| release 8.13. It is passed back from pcre_[dfa_]exec(), but at the moment is |
| not used here. */ |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| if (utf && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 && |
| (errorcode = PRIV(valid_utf)((PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern, -1, erroroffset)) != 0) |
| { |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| errorcode = ERR44; |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| errorcode = ERR74; |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| errorcode = ERR77; |
| #endif |
| goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2; |
| } |
| #else |
| if (utf) |
| { |
| errorcode = ERR32; |
| goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* Can't support UCP unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */ |
| |
| #ifndef SUPPORT_UCP |
| if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0) |
| { |
| errorcode = ERR67; |
| goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* Check validity of \R options. */ |
| |
| if ((options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) == |
| (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) |
| { |
| errorcode = ERR56; |
| goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
| } |
| |
| /* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give seven cases. The |
| current code allows for fixed one- or two-byte sequences, plus "any" and |
| "anycrlf". */ |
| |
| switch (options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) |
| { |
| case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break; /* Build-time default */ |
| case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break; |
| case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break; |
| case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+ |
| PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break; |
| case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break; |
| case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break; |
| default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
| } |
| |
| if (newline == -2) |
| { |
| cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF; |
| } |
| else if (newline < 0) |
| { |
| cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| cd->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED; |
| if (newline > 255) |
| { |
| cd->nllen = 2; |
| cd->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255; |
| cd->nl[1] = newline & 255; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| cd->nllen = 1; |
| cd->nl[0] = newline; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. The bitmap records up to 31 back |
| references to help in deciding whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not. |
| */ |
| |
| cd->top_backref = 0; |
| cd->backref_map = 0; |
| |
| /* Reflect pattern for debugging output */ |
| |
| DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n")); |
| #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
| print_puchar(stdout, (PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern); |
| #endif |
| DPRINTF(("\n")); |
| |
| /* Pretend to compile the pattern while actually just accumulating the length |
| of memory required. This behaviour is triggered by passing a non-NULL final |
| argument to compile_regex(). We pass a block of workspace (cworkspace) for it |
| to compile parts of the pattern into; the compiled code is discarded when it is |
| no longer needed, so hopefully this workspace will never overflow, though there |
| is a test for its doing so. */ |
| |
| cd->bracount = cd->final_bracount = 0; |
| cd->names_found = 0; |
| cd->name_entry_size = 0; |
| cd->name_table = NULL; |
| cd->dupnames = FALSE; |
| cd->namedrefcount = 0; |
| cd->start_code = cworkspace; |
| cd->hwm = cworkspace; |
| cd->start_workspace = cworkspace; |
| cd->workspace_size = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE; |
| cd->named_groups = named_groups; |
| cd->named_group_list_size = NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE; |
| cd->start_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern; |
| cd->end_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)(pattern + STRLEN_UC((const pcre_uchar *)pattern)); |
| cd->req_varyopt = 0; |
| cd->parens_depth = 0; |
| cd->assert_depth = 0; |
| cd->max_lookbehind = 0; |
| cd->external_options = options; |
| cd->open_caps = NULL; |
| |
| /* Now do the pre-compile. On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we |
| don't need to look at the result of the function here. The initial options have |
| been put into the cd block so that they can be changed if an option setting is |
| found within the regex right at the beginning. Bringing initial option settings |
| outside can help speed up starting point checks. */ |
| |
| ptr += skipatstart; |
| code = cworkspace; |
| *code = OP_BRA; |
| |
| (void)compile_regex(cd->external_options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, |
| FALSE, 0, 0, &firstchar, &firstcharflags, &reqchar, &reqcharflags, NULL, |
| cd, &length); |
| if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
| |
| DPRINTF(("end pre-compile: length=%d workspace=%d\n", length, |
| (int)(cd->hwm - cworkspace))); |
| |
| if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE) |
| { |
| errorcode = ERR20; |
| goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
| } |
| |
| /* If there are groups with duplicate names and there are also references by |
| name, we must allow for the possibility of named references to duplicated |
| groups. These require an extra data item each. */ |
| |
| if (cd->dupnames && cd->namedrefcount > 0) |
| length += cd->namedrefcount * IMM2_SIZE * sizeof(pcre_uchar); |
| |
| /* Compute the size of the data block for storing the compiled pattern. Integer |
| overflow should no longer be possible because nowadays we limit the maximum |
| value of cd->names_found and cd->name_entry_size. */ |
| |
| size = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) + |
| (length + cd->names_found * cd->name_entry_size) * sizeof(pcre_uchar); |
| |
| /* Get the memory. */ |
| |
| re = (REAL_PCRE *)(PUBL(malloc))(size); |
| if (re == NULL) |
| { |
| errorcode = ERR21; |
| goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
| } |
| |
| /* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, initial options, internal |
| flags, and character table pointer. NULL is used for the default character |
| tables. The nullpad field is at the end; it's there to help in the case when a |
| regex compiled on a system with 4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte |
| pointers. */ |
| |
| re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER; |
| re->size = (int)size; |
| re->options = cd->external_options; |
| re->flags = cd->external_flags; |
| re->limit_match = limit_match; |
| re->limit_recursion = limit_recursion; |
| re->first_char = 0; |
| re->req_char = 0; |
| re->name_table_offset = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) / sizeof(pcre_uchar); |
| re->name_entry_size = cd->name_entry_size; |
| re->name_count = cd->names_found; |
| re->ref_count = 0; |
| re->tables = (tables == PRIV(default_tables))? NULL : tables; |
| re->nullpad = NULL; |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| re->dummy = 0; |
| #else |
| re->dummy1 = re->dummy2 = re->dummy3 = 0; |
| #endif |
| |
| /* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are |
| passed around in the compile data block. The start/end pattern and initial |
| options are already set from the pre-compile phase, as is the name_entry_size |
| field. Reset the bracket count and the names_found field. Also reset the hwm |
| field; this time it's used for remembering forward references to subpatterns. |
| */ |
| |
| cd->final_bracount = cd->bracount; /* Save for checking forward references */ |
| cd->parens_depth = 0; |
| cd->assert_depth = 0; |
| cd->bracount = 0; |
| cd->max_lookbehind = 0; |
| cd->name_table = (pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset; |
| codestart = cd->name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count; |
| cd->start_code = codestart; |
| cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)(cd->start_workspace); |
| cd->req_varyopt = 0; |
| cd->had_accept = FALSE; |
| cd->had_pruneorskip = FALSE; |
| cd->check_lookbehind = FALSE; |
| cd->open_caps = NULL; |
| |
| /* If any named groups were found, create the name/number table from the list |
| created in the first pass. */ |
| |
| if (cd->names_found > 0) |
| { |
| int i = cd->names_found; |
| named_group *ng = cd->named_groups; |
| cd->names_found = 0; |
| for (; i > 0; i--, ng++) |
| add_name(cd, ng->name, ng->length, ng->number); |
| if (cd->named_group_list_size > NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE) |
| (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->named_groups); |
| } |
| |
| /* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On |
| error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result |
| of the function here. */ |
| |
| ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern + skipatstart; |
| code = (pcre_uchar *)codestart; |
| *code = OP_BRA; |
| (void)compile_regex(re->options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 0, |
| &firstchar, &firstcharflags, &reqchar, &reqcharflags, NULL, cd, NULL); |
| re->top_bracket = cd->bracount; |
| re->top_backref = cd->top_backref; |
| re->max_lookbehind = cd->max_lookbehind; |
| re->flags = cd->external_flags | PCRE_MODE; |
| |
| if (cd->had_accept) |
| { |
| reqchar = 0; /* Must disable after (*ACCEPT) */ |
| reqcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| } |
| |
| /* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */ |
| |
| if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != CHAR_NULL) errorcode = ERR22; |
| |
| /* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but |
| if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */ |
| |
| *code++ = OP_END; |
| |
| #ifndef PCRE_DEBUG |
| if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23; |
| #endif |
| |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_VALGRIND |
| /* If the estimated length exceeds the really used length, mark the extra |
| allocated memory as unaddressable, so that any out-of-bound reads can be |
| detected. */ |
| VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(code, (length - (code - codestart)) * sizeof(pcre_uchar)); |
| #endif |
| |
| /* Fill in any forward references that are required. There may be repeated |
| references; optimize for them, as searching a large regex takes time. */ |
| |
| if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace) |
| { |
| int prev_recno = -1; |
| const pcre_uchar *groupptr = NULL; |
| while (errorcode == 0 && cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace) |
| { |
| int offset, recno; |
| cd->hwm -= LINK_SIZE; |
| offset = GET(cd->hwm, 0); |
| recno = GET(codestart, offset); |
| if (recno != prev_recno) |
| { |
| groupptr = PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, recno); |
| prev_recno = recno; |
| } |
| if (groupptr == NULL) errorcode = ERR53; |
| else PUT(((pcre_uchar *)codestart), offset, (int)(groupptr - codestart)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If the workspace had to be expanded, free the new memory. Set the pointer to |
| NULL to indicate that forward references have been filled in. */ |
| |
| if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) |
| (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace); |
| cd->start_workspace = NULL; |
| |
| /* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing |
| subpattern. */ |
| |
| if (errorcode == 0 && re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15; |
| |
| /* Unless disabled, check whether any single character iterators can be |
| auto-possessified. The function overwrites the appropriate opcode values, so |
| the type of the pointer must be cast. NOTE: the intermediate variable "temp" is |
| used in this code because at least one compiler gives a warning about loss of |
| "const" attribute if the cast (pcre_uchar *)codestart is used directly in the |
| function call. */ |
| |
| if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_POSSESS) == 0) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar *temp = (pcre_uchar *)codestart; |
| auto_possessify(temp, utf, cd); |
| } |
| |
| /* If there were any lookbehind assertions that contained OP_RECURSE |
| (recursions or subroutine calls), a flag is set for them to be checked here, |
| because they may contain forward references. Actual recursions cannot be fixed |
| length, but subroutine calls can. It is done like this so that those without |
| OP_RECURSE that are not fixed length get a diagnosic with a useful offset. The |
| exceptional ones forgo this. We scan the pattern to check that they are fixed |
| length, and set their lengths. */ |
| |
| if (cd->check_lookbehind) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar *cc = (pcre_uchar *)codestart; |
| |
| /* Loop, searching for OP_REVERSE items, and process those that do not have |
| their length set. (Actually, it will also re-process any that have a length |
| of zero, but that is a pathological case, and it does no harm.) When we find |
| one, we temporarily terminate the branch it is in while we scan it. */ |
| |
| for (cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, -1); |
| cc != NULL; |
| cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(cc, utf, -1)) |
| { |
| if (GET(cc, 1) == 0) |
| { |
| int fixed_length; |
| pcre_uchar *be = cc - 1 - LINK_SIZE + GET(cc, -LINK_SIZE); |
| int end_op = *be; |
| *be = OP_END; |
| fixed_length = find_fixedlength(cc, (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, TRUE, |
| cd); |
| *be = end_op; |
| DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length)); |
| if (fixed_length < 0) |
| { |
| errorcode = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 : |
| (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70 : ERR25; |
| break; |
| } |
| if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind) cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length; |
| PUT(cc, 1, fixed_length); |
| } |
| cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */ |
| |
| if (errorcode != 0) |
| { |
| (PUBL(free))(re); |
| PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN: |
| *erroroffset = (int)(ptr - (const pcre_uchar *)pattern); |
| PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2: |
| *errorptr = find_error_text(errorcode); |
| if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode; |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that |
| the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else, such |
| as starting with non-atomic .* when DOTALL is set and there are no occurrences |
| of *PRUNE or *SKIP. |
| |
| Otherwise, if we know what the first byte has to be, save it, because that |
| speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the |
| PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches |
| start with ^. and also when all branches start with non-atomic .* for |
| non-DOTALL matches when *PRUNE and SKIP are not present. */ |
| |
| if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0) |
| { |
| if (is_anchored(codestart, 0, cd, 0)) re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED; |
| else |
| { |
| if (firstcharflags < 0) |
| firstchar = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, &firstcharflags, FALSE); |
| if (firstcharflags >= 0) /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */ |
| { |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| re->first_char = firstchar & 0xff; |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| re->first_char = firstchar & 0xffff; |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| re->first_char = firstchar; |
| #endif |
| if ((firstcharflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0) |
| { |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
| /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */ |
| if (utf) |
| { |
| if (re->first_char < 128) |
| { |
| if (cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char) |
| re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS; |
| } |
| else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->first_char) != re->first_char) |
| re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS; |
| } |
| else |
| #endif |
| if (MAX_255(re->first_char) |
| && cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char) |
| re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS; |
| } |
| |
| re->flags |= PCRE_FIRSTSET; |
| } |
| |
| else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, cd, 0)) re->flags |= PCRE_STARTLINE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a |
| variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable |
| bytes. */ |
| |
| if (reqcharflags >= 0 && |
| ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqcharflags & REQ_VARY) != 0)) |
| { |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| re->req_char = reqchar & 0xff; |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| re->req_char = reqchar & 0xffff; |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| re->req_char = reqchar; |
| #endif |
| if ((reqcharflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0) |
| { |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
| /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */ |
| if (utf) |
| { |
| if (re->req_char < 128) |
| { |
| if (cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char) |
| re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS; |
| } |
| else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->req_char) != re->req_char) |
| re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS; |
| } |
| else |
| #endif |
| if (MAX_255(re->req_char) && cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char) |
| re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS; |
| } |
| |
| re->flags |= PCRE_REQCHSET; |
| } |
| |
| /* Print out the compiled data if debugging is enabled. This is never the |
| case when building a production library. */ |
| |
| #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
| printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n", |
| length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref); |
| |
| printf("Options=%08x\n", re->options); |
| |
| if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar ch = re->first_char; |
| const char *caseless = |
| ((re->flags & PCRE_FCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)"; |
| if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless); |
| else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless); |
| } |
| |
| if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0) |
| { |
| pcre_uchar ch = re->req_char; |
| const char *caseless = |
| ((re->flags & PCRE_RCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)"; |
| if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless); |
| else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless); |
| } |
| |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| pcre_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE); |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| pcre16_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE); |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| pcre32_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE); |
| #endif |
| |
| /* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that |
| was compiled can be seen. */ |
| |
| if (code - codestart > length) |
| { |
| (PUBL(free))(re); |
| *errorptr = find_error_text(ERR23); |
| *erroroffset = ptr - (pcre_uchar *)pattern; |
| if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23; |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| #endif /* PCRE_DEBUG */ |
| |
| /* Check for a pattern than can match an empty string, so that this information |
| can be provided to applications. */ |
| |
| do |
| { |
| if (could_be_empty_branch(codestart, code, utf, cd, NULL)) |
| { |
| re->flags |= PCRE_MATCH_EMPTY; |
| break; |
| } |
| codestart += GET(codestart, 1); |
| } |
| while (*codestart == OP_ALT); |
| |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| return (pcre *)re; |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| return (pcre16 *)re; |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| return (pcre32 *)re; |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| /* End of pcre_compile.c */ |
| |